Anda di halaman 1dari 159

SURPASS hiT 7300

4.30

Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

The information in this document is subject to change without notice and describes only the
product defined in the introduction of this documentation. This documentation is intended for the
use of Nokia Siemens Networks customers only for the purposes of the agreement under which
the document is submitted, and no part of it may be used, reproduced, modified or transmitted
in any form or means without the prior written permission of Nokia Siemens Networks. The
documentation has been prepared to be used by professional and properly trained personnel,
and the customer assumes full responsibility when using it. Nokia Siemens Networks welcomes
customer comments as part of the process of continuous development and improvement of the
documentation.
The information or statements given in this documentation concerning the suitability, capacity,
or performance of the mentioned hardware or software products are given "as is" and all liability
arising in connection with such hardware or software products shall be defined conclusively and
finally in a separate agreement between Nokia Siemens Networks and the customer. However,
Nokia Siemens Networks has made all reasonable efforts to ensure that the instructions
contained in the document are adequate and free of material errors and omissions. Nokia
Siemens Networks will, if deemed necessary by Nokia Siemens Networks, explain issues which
may not be covered by the document.
Nokia Siemens Networks will correct errors in this documentation as soon as possible. IN NO
EVENT WILL NOKIA SIEMENS NETWORKS BE LIABLE FOR ERRORS IN THIS DOCUMEN-
TATION OR FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL OR ANY LOSSES, SUCH AS BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, BUSINESS
OPPORTUNITY OR DATA,THAT MAY ARISE FROM THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENT OR
THE INFORMATION IN IT.
This documentation and the product it describes are considered protected by copyrights and
other intellectual property rights according to the applicable laws.
The wave logo is a trademark of Nokia Siemens Networks Oy. Nokia is a registered trademark
of Nokia Corporation. Siemens is a registered trademark of Siemens AG.
Other product names mentioned in this document may be trademarks of their respective
owners, and they are mentioned for identification purposes only.
Copyright © Nokia Siemens Networks 2010. All rights reserved.

f Important Notice on Product Safety


Elevated voltages are inevitably present at specific points in this electrical equipment.
Some of the parts may also have elevated operating temperatures.
Non-observance of these conditions and the safety instructions can result in personal
injury or in property damage.
Therefore, only trained and qualified personnel may install and maintain the system.
The system complies with the standard EN 60950 / IEC 60950. All equipment connected
has to comply with the applicable safety standards.

The same text in German:


Wichtiger Hinweis zur Produktsicherheit
In elektrischen Anlagen stehen zwangsläufig bestimmte Teile der Geräte unter Span-
nung. Einige Teile können auch eine hohe Betriebstemperatur aufweisen.
Eine Nichtbeachtung dieser Situation und der Warnungshinweise kann zu Körperverlet-
zungen und Sachschäden führen.
Deshalb wird vorausgesetzt, dass nur geschultes und qualifiziertes Personal die
Anlagen installiert und wartet.
Das System entspricht den Anforderungen der EN 60950 / IEC 60950. Angeschlossene
Geräte müssen die zutreffenden Sicherheitsbestimmungen erfüllen.

2 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Table of Contents
This document has 159 pages.

1 Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ...... ....... . 11


1.1 Intended audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ...... ....... . 11
1.2 Structure of this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ...... ....... . 11
1.3 Symbols and conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ...... ....... . 11
1.4 History of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... ...... ....... . 13

2 Alarm lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.1 Equipment alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
2.2 Communication alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
2.3 Processing error alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.4 Environmental alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5 Quality of service alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3 Troubleshooting instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1 Equipment alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.1 ACTLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.2 APRM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1.3 CCFAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.1.4 CFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.5 CMISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
3.1.6 CMISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.1.7 CMM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.1.8 CONCABF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
3.1.9 CP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.1.9.1 CP alarm raised by transponder, muxponder, or regenerator card (except
40G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.1.9.2 CP alarm raised by 40G card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
3.1.9.3 CP alarm raised by CFSU card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.1.9.4 CP alarm raised by MCP404 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.1.9.5 CP alarm raised by any other card type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
3.1.10 FAN_MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1.10.1 FAN_MAJOR raised by a shelf that can hold only a
single Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
3.1.10.2 FAN_MAJOR raised by a shelf that can hold
multiple Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3.1.11 FAN_MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.11.1 FAN_MINOR raised by a shelf that can hold only a
single Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1.11.2 FAN_MINOR raised by a shelf that can hold
multiple Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.1.12 FCTNS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
3.1.13 FF_MISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.1.14 FilterExpired. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
3.1.15 FMISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3.1.16 ILANF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
3.1.17 ISLP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 3
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

3.1.18 LowCFSUFlow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1.19 LSBFAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1.20 LSBMISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
3.1.21 LSBWRONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
3.1.22 MeasFail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
3.1.23 MMISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
3.1.24 MMISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.1.25 MNOTCT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
3.1.26 MP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.1.27 NLD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
3.1.28 OBFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.1.29 OBRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
3.1.30 OBTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
3.1.31 OPRF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.1.32 OPTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
3.1.33 OSCLOL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.1.34 OSCTD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
3.1.35 OSCTF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.1.36 OverPower1M . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
3.1.37 PD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
3.1.38 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.1.39 POOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
3.1.40 PS1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
3.1.41 PS2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
3.1.42 PS3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.1.43 PS4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
3.1.44 Pu1TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
3.1.45 Pu2TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.1.46 Pu3TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
3.1.47 Pu4TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
3.1.48 Pu1TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.1.49 Pu2TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
3.1.50 Pu3TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.1.51 Pu4TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
3.1.52 SBLOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
3.1.53 SLH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
3.1.54 SLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
3.1.55 SRMISS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.1.56 SWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
3.1.57 TD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.1.58 TempM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
3.1.59 TempMIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
3.1.60 TempP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.1.61 TempP1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
3.1.62 TempP2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.1.63 TF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
3.1.64 WRGSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65

4 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

3.2 Communication alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66


3.2.1 BDI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
3.2.2 CHM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.2.3 CSF_LCS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
3.2.4 CSF_LOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
3.2.5 DEG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.2.6 DEG-O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
3.2.7 DOPFail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.2.8 DRM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
3.2.9 EOCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.2.10 EXC-O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
3.2.11 EXM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.2.12 ITIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.2.13 LCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
3.2.14 LFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
3.2.15 LOCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.2.16 LOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
3.2.17 LOF-egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
3.2.18 LOFLOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.2.19 LOF-O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
3.2.20 LOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.2.21 LOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
3.2.22 LOS-O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
3.2.23 LOS-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
3.2.24 LSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
3.2.25 LSS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
3.2.26 LTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.2.27 MSIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
3.2.28 NFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3.2.29 OCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
3.2.30 OOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.2.31 OPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
3.2.32 PESF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
3.2.33 PHF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
3.2.34 PLF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
3.2.35 PLM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.2.36 SSF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
3.2.37 SSF-egress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.2.38 SSF-O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.2.39 SSF-P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
3.2.40 SSF-prot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.2.41 SYNCF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
3.2.42 SYNCF-egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.2.43 TCLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
3.2.44 TIM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
3.2.45 TIM-egress. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
3.2.46 TNEF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 5
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

3.2.47 UCI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.2.48 UPM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
3.2.49 VOATC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
3.3 Processing error alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.3.1 APSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.3.2 CFFULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
3.3.3 DUPDHCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.3.4 LOTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
3.3.5 MIBF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
3.3.6 MIBFULL_MAJOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.3.7 MIBFULL_MINOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
3.3.8 NQO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.3.9 RAMFULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
3.3.10 RQO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.3.11 TL1NQO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
3.4 Environmental alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.4.1 EXT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.5 Quality of Service alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
3.5.1 TCA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103

4 Card replacement instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105


4.1 How to replace the CCEP and CCMP card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
4.1.1 CP alarm or OBFF alarm scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
4.1.2 MIBF alarm scenario. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
4.1.3 Loss of Communication scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
4.2 How to replace the Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
4.3 How to replace the CCSP card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.4 How to replace the CFSU card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.5 How to replace the F02MR card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
4.6 How to Replace the F09MDRT card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.7 How to replace F06-type and F09-type cards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
4.8 How to replace the F08MR-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.9 How to replace F40-1 and F40V-1 cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
4.10 How to replace the F40MR-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
4.11 How to replace the F80DCI-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
4.12 How to replace the F80MDI-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
4.13 How to replace the LIFB-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
4.14 How to replace MCP-type cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
4.15 How to replace an OPMDC card. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
4.16 How to replace the PL-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
4.17 How to replace a transponder,muxponder,
and regenerator cards (all types) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
4.18 How to replace Filter cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
4.19 How to replace the O08VA-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
4.20 How to replace an Amplifier card (all types) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
4.21 How to replace the PRC-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
4.22 How to replace the O02CSP-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
4.23 How to replace the O03CP-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

6 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

4.24 How to replace the CDMM-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124


4.25 How to replace a DCM card or UDCM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
4.26 How to replace a UDCM Tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
4.27 How to replace a failed shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.27.1 Replacing a main shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.27.2 Replacing an extension shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.28 How to replace the air filter element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.28.1 For shelves where the Air Filter is mounted
inside the Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.28.2 For shelves where the Air Filter is mounted
outside the Fan Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

5 Fiber cleaning instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ....... 133


5.1 Method 1: Dry cleaning cassette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... ....... 133
5.2 Method 2: Blast of clean, compressed air . . . . . . . . . ...... ....... 133
5.3 Method 3: Westover Scientific CleanBlast system. . . ...... ....... 133

6 Warm Start and Cold Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134


6.1 Differences between Warm and Cold Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
6.2 Impact of Warm and Cold Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135

7 Card LED behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137


7.1 FAULT and OK LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
7.2 LED behavior on Controller cards (CCEP, CCMP, CCSP) . . . . . . . . . 138
7.3 Port LED behavior on I22CE10G-1 cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
7.4 Mux and Demux LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139

8 Hints for Recover Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140

9 Glossary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

10 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 7
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

List of Figures
Figure 1 How to remove / install the Compact Flash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 2 SRS-1 shelf Fan Unit: air filter is inside the Fan Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131

8 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

List of Tables
Table 1 List of conventions used in this document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Table 2 History of changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Table 3 SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Table 4 SURPASS hiT 7300 communication alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Table 5 SURPASS hiT 7300 processing error alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Table 6 SURPASS hiT 7300 environmental alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Table 7 SURPASS hiT 7300 quality of service alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Table 8 MCP card system compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Table 9 Phased-out DCM cards and required replacements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Table 10 Differences between Warm Start and Cold Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Table 11 Impact of Warm Start and Cold Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Table 12 FAULT and OK LED behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Table 13 Controller card LED behavior during NE start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Table 14 Controller card LED behavior after NE start-up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Table 15 Port LED behavior on I22CE10-G-1 card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Table 16 Clear Recover Mode window - reasons and remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 9
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

10 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Preface

1 Preface
This Troubleshooting Manual describes fault-clearing procedures to be performed in
response to alarm events that may occur in the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.

1.1 Intended audience


This document is intended for anyone tasked with clearing fault conditions to restore
normal system operation. Personnel performing these procedures must have general
experience with long-haul optical DWDM networks as well as specific experience with
Nokia Siemens Networks SURPASS hiT 7300 hardware components and network man-
agement software. Personnel must also comply with all relevant safety practices
whenever working with SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment.

1.2 Structure of this document


Alarm Lists
When a fault condition occurs, the relevant alarm notification will be generated and dis-
played on craft terminal screens. All SURPASS hiT 7300 alarms are listed in the Alarm
lists in chapter 2. The Alarm Lists are divided into separate tables that match the fault
categories as presented on craft terminal screens. These categories are as follows:
• Equipment alarms
• Communication alarms
• Processing Error alarms
• Environmental alarms
• Quality of Service alarms

Troubleshooting Instructions
For each entry in the Alarm Lists, specific fault-clearing procedures are contained in the
Troubleshooting instructions in chapter 3. Click the desired alarm name in the Alarm List
to jump directly to the instructions for that alarm.

Described Features
g Some features described in this document may not be available. To identify the
features released for your project, please refer to the Release Notes delivered
together with the product.

1.3 Symbols and conventions


The following symbols and conventions are used in this document:

Representation Meaning
Bold Text in the Graphic User Interface (window and wizard titles, field
names, buttons, etc.) is represented in bold face.
Example: Click Shutdown and then click OK to turn off the com-
puter.

Table 1 List of conventions used in this document

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 11
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Preface Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Representation Meaning
Italic Field values, file names, file extensions, folder and directory
names are denoted by italic text.
Examples: Enter 192.168.0.1 in the IP address field. Click OK to
produce a .pdf file.
Courier Command and screen output are denoted by courier font.
Example: ping -t 192.168.0.1
<Angle brackets> Place holders for distinct names or values are represented by
enclosing them in <angle brackets>. If a file name is involved, italic
text will also be used.
Example: The naming convention for the log files is
<NEname>.txt, where <NEname> is the name of the NE sending
the messages.
Keyboard button Keyboard keys are represented with a surrounding box.
Example: Press Enter .
[Square brackets] Keyboard shortcuts are represented using square brackets.
Example: Press [CTRL+ALT+DEL] to open the Task Manager.
> The “>” symbol is used as short form to define a path through indi-
vidual elements of the Graphic User Interface, e.g., menus and
menu commands.
Example: On the Windows taskbar, select Start > Programs >
TNMS > Client menu command to start the TNMS Core/CDM
Client.
☞ A tip provides additional information related to the topic described.

g A note provides important information on a situation that can


cause property damage or data loss.
A note introduced in the text by the keyword NOTICE: describes a
hazard that may result in property damage but not in personal
injury.
f A safety message provides information on a dangerous situation
that could cause bodily injury.
The different hazard levels are introduced in the text by the follow-
ing keywords:
DANGER! - Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
will result in death or serious (irreversible) personal injury.
WARNING! - Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not
avoided, could result in death or serious (irreversible) personal
injury.
CAUTION! - Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided,
may result in minor or moderate (reversible) personal injury.

Table 1 List of conventions used in this document (Cont.)

12 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Preface

Screenshots of the Graphic User Interface are examples only to illustrate principles.
This especially applies to a software version number visible in a screenshot.

1.4 History of changes

Issue Issue date Remarks


1 June 2010 Initial version
2 September 2010 Maintenance version

Table 2 History of changes

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 13
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Alarm lists Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

2 Alarm lists
SURPASS hiT 7300 alarms are divided into the following categories:
• Equipment alarms: originate from specific hardware elements (e.g., traffic card,
controller card, shelf, etc).
• Communication alarms: originate from termination points which represent a par-
ticular function of the network.
• Processing Error alarms: originate from the NE software.
• Environmental alarms: originate from telemetry sensors that monitor condi-
tions/events external to the NE.
• Quality of Service alarms: originate from termination points where performance
measurement and threshold supervision is enabled.

2.1 Equipment alarms


Table 3 lists SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment alarms. Click on the alarm name in the table
to jump directly to the troubleshooting procedure for that alarm.

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


ACTLP Active Loop (ACTLP)
APRM Automatic Power Reduction Mode (APRM)
CCFAIL Card Communication Failure (CCFAIL)
CFF Compact Flash Failure (CFF)
CMISM Card Mismatch (CMISM)
CMISS Card Missing (CMISS)
CMM Client Mode Mismatch (CMM)
CONCABF Connection Cable Fail (CONCABF)
CP Card Problem (CP)
FAN_MAJOR Fan Major (FAN_MAJOR)
FAN_MINOR Fan Minor (FAN_MINOR)
FCTNS Function Not Supported (FCTNS)
FF_MISS Fan Filter Missing (FF_MISS)
FilterExpired Filter Life Time Expired (FilterExpired)
FMISM Frequency Mismatch (Optical Interface) (FMISM)
ILANF ILAN Fail (ILANF)
ISLP Interstage Loss Problem (ISLP)
LowCFSUFlow Low CFSU Flow (LowCFSUFlow)
LSBFAIL Laser Safety Bus Failure (LSBFAIL)
LSBMISM Slot LSB Mismatch (LSBMISM)
LSBWRONG Wrong LSB Cabling (LSBWRONG)

Table 3 SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment alarms

14 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Alarm lists

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


MeasFail Measurement Failed (MeasFail)
MMISM Module Type Mismatch (MMISM)
MMISS Module Missing (MMISS)
MNOTCT Module Not Certified (MNOTCT)
MP Module Problem (MP)
NLD No Light Detected (NLD)
OBFF Onboard Flash Failure (OBFF)
OBRF Optical Booster Stage Receive Failure (OBRF)
OBTF Booster Stage Transmit Fail (OBTF)
OPRF Optical Preamplifier Stage Receive Failure (OPRF)
OPTF Preamplifier Stage Transmit Fail (OPTF)
OSCLOL OSC Loss of Lock (OSCLOL)
OSCTD OSC Laser Transmit Degrade (OSCTD)
OSCTF OSC Laser Transmit Fail (OSCTF)
OverPower1M Over Power 1M (OverPower1M)
PD Pump Degrade (PD)
PF Pump Fail (PF)
POOR Power Out of Range (POOR)
PS1 Power Supply 1 Problem (PS1)
PS2 Power Supply 2 Problem (PS2)
PS3 Power Supply 3 Problem (PS3)
PS4 Power Supply 4 Problem (PS4)
Pu1TD Transmit Degrade Pump 1 (Pu1TD)
Pu2TD Transmit Degrade Pump 2 (Pu2TD)
Pu3TD Transmit Degrade Pump 3 (Pu3TD)
Pu4TD Transmit Degrade Pump 4 (Pu4TD)
Pu1TF Transmit Fail Pump 1 (Pu1TF)
Pu2TF Transmit Fail Pump 2 (Pu2TF)
Pu3TF Transmit Fail Pump 3 (Pu3TF)
Pu4TF Transmit Fail Pump 4 (Pu4TF)
SBLOS Sub Band Loss of Signal (SBLOS)
SLH Span Loss High (SLH)
SLL Span Loss Low (SLL)
SRMISS Shelf Missing (SRMISS)

Table 3 SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment alarms (Cont.)

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 15
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Alarm lists Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


SWP Switch Problem (SWP)
TD Transmit Degrade (TD)
TempM Temperature Problem (major) (TempM)
TempMIN Temperature Problem (minor) (TempMIN)
TempP Temperature Problem (TempP)
TempP1 Temperature Problem 1 (TempP1)
TempP2 Temperature Problem 2 (TempP2)
TF Transmit Fail (TF)
WRGSR Wrong Shelf Type (WRGSR)

Table 3 SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment alarms (Cont.)

2.2 Communication alarms


Table 4 lists SURPASS hiT 7300 communication alarms. Click on the alarm name in the
table to jump directly to the troubleshooting procedure for that alarm.

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


BDI Backward Defect Indication (BDI)
CHM Channel Mismatch (CHM)
CSF_LCS GFP Client Signal Fail - Loss of Character Synchronization
(CSF_LCS)
CSF_LOS GFP Client Signal Fail - Loss of Signal (CSF_LOS)
DEG Degraded Signal (DEG)
DEG-O Degraded Signal (OSC) (DEG-O)
DOPFail Degree of Polarization Failure (DOPFail)
DRM GFP Data Rate Mismatch (DRM)
EOCI External Open Connection Indication (EOCI)
EXC-O Excessive Bit Error Ratio (OSC) (EXC-O)
EXM GFP Extension Header Mismatch (EXM)
ITIM Internal Trace Identifier Mismatch (ITIM)
LCK Locked Defect (LCK)
LFD GFP Loss of Frame Delineation (LFD)
LOCL Loss of Clock Lock (LOCL)
LOF Loss of Frame (LOF)
LOF-egress Loss of Frame (egress) (LOF-egress)
LOFLOM Loss of Frame and Multiframe (LOFLOM)

Table 4 SURPASS hiT 7300 communication alarms

16 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Alarm lists

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


LOF-O Loss of Frame (OSC) (LOF-O)
LOM Loss of Multiframe (LOM)
LOS Loss of Signal (LOS)
LOS-O Loss of Signal (OSC) (LOS-O)
LOS-P Loss of Signal (payload) (LOS-P)
LSM Link State Mismatch (LSM)
LSS Loss of PRBS Lock (LSS)
LTC Loss of Tandem Connection (LTC)
MSIM Multiplex Structure Identifier Mismatch (MSIM)
NFR GFP No Frames Received (NFR)
OCI Open Connection Indication (OCI)
OOS GFP Frames Out Of Sequence (OOS)
OPR Optical Power Received Too Low (OPR)
PESF Preemphasis Section Fail (PESF)
PHF Power Too High Failure (PHF)
PLF Power Too Low Failure (PLF)
PLM Payload Mismatch (PLM)
SSF Server Signal Fail (SSF)
SSF-egress Server Signal Fail (egress) (SSF-egress)
SSF-O Server Signal Fail (OSC) (SSF-O)
SSF-P Server Signal Fail (payload) (SSF-P)
SSF-prot Server Signal Fail (protection) (SSF-prot)
SYNCF Synchronization Failure (SYNCF)
SYNCF-egress Synchronization Failure (egress) (SYNCF-egress)
TCLL TDC Control Loop Limit (TCLL)
TIM Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM)
TIM-egress Trace Identifier Mismatch (egress) (TIM-egress)
TNEF Target NE Failure (TNEF)
UCI GFP Unexpected Channel ID (UCI)
UPM GFP User Payload Mismatch (UPM)
VOATC VOA Threshold Crossed (VOATC)

Table 4 SURPASS hiT 7300 communication alarms (Cont.)

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 17
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Alarm lists Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

2.3 Processing error alarms


Table 5 lists SURPASS hiT 7300 processing error alarms. Click on the alarm name in
the table to jump directly to the troubleshooting procedure for that alarm.

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


APSM APS Mismatch (APSM)
CFFULL Compact Flash Full (CFFULL)
DUPDHCP Duplicated DHCP Server (DUPDHCP)
LOTR Loss of Time Reference (LOTR)
MIBF MIB Failure (MIBF)
MIBFULL_MAJOR MIB Full Major (MIBFULL_MAJOR)
MIBFULL_MINOR MIB Full Minor (MIBFULL_MINOR)
NQO Notification Queue Overflow (NQO)
RAMFULL RAM Full (RAMFULL)
RQO Request Queue Overflow (RQO)
TL1NQO TL1 Notification Queue Overflow (TL1NQO)

Table 5 SURPASS hiT 7300 processing error alarms

2.4 Environmental alarms


Table 6 lists SURPASS hiT 7300 environmental alarms. Click on the alarm name in the
table to jump directly to the troubleshooting procedure for that alarm.

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


EXT External Alarm (via TIF Sensor) (EXT)

Table 6 SURPASS hiT 7300 environmental alarms

2.5 Quality of service alarms


Table 7 lists SURPASS hiT 7300 quality of service alarms. Click on the alarm name in
the table to jump directly to the troubleshooting procedure for that alarm.

Alarm Name Alarm Message Text


TCA Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA)

Table 7 SURPASS hiT 7300 quality of service alarms

18 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3 Troubleshooting instructions
This section provides alarm-clearing procedures for all alarms defined in the hiT 7300
system.
☞ For many failure events, when the root cause is repaired, NEs that are downstream
of the original fault may continue to display alarms for a brief period. This happens
because downstream NEs require a short amount of time to pass through the recov-
ered optical channels. When the traffic is completely restored end-to-end, all alarms
will be cleared.
☞ Under certain error conditions related to a mismatch of the NE’s APS software or
MIB contents, a hiT 7300 NE will automatically enter “Recover Mode”. When the NE
is in Recover Mode, the TL1 interface is not available, so only the Element Manager
management tool can be used to restore the NE to normal operation. This Trouble-
shooting Manual provides instructions in appropriate chapters to exit Recover Mode
and restore normal operation.

3.1 Equipment alarms

3.1.1 ACTLP

Alarm name Active Loop (ACTLP)


Default severity Warning
Alarm object Transponder card Client interface
General information There is an active loopback on a Transponder card Client
and causes interface.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Via the craft terminal, the user may set one or more Client interfaces on Transpon-
der cards to loopback mode for test purposes. When this is done, a separate ACTLP
alarm will be raised for each loopback as a reminder that the loopback is active. If
loopback(s) are no longer desired, deactivate them via the craft terminal. When all
loopbacks are disabled, all ACTLP alarms will be cleared.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.2 APRM

Alarm name Automatic Power Reduction Mode (APRM)


Default severity Minor

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 19
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Alarm object The APRM alarm can be raised by:


• LAL- type amplifier card used as a pre-amplifier.
• LAV- type amplifier card used as a pre-amplifier.
• PL-1 external pump card.
General information The APRM alarm will be raised when Automatic Power
and causes Reduction Mode is active on the card raising the alarm.
APRM is a laser safety mode.

Troubleshooting instructions

☞ When the APRM alarm is raised, optical power fluctuations in downstream pre-
emphasis sections may occur (since APRM decreases the output power of the
amplifier for laser safety reasons). Similarly, fluctuations may also occur when the
APRM alarm is cleared.
☞ Note that the APRM alarm may require several minutes to clear. The alarm will clear
when the amplifier card output power returns to its original value. For example, if the
steps below confirm that the alarm was caused by dirty, disconnected, or damaged
fiber, the APRM alarm may not clear immediately upon establishing a good fiber
connection. If the amplifier card’s original output power was very high, it may require
several minutes for the card to reach this output power level again and clear the
ARPM alarm.
1 If any card has raised a CP alarm, troubleshoot and clear that alarm first.
2 If the APRM alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Verify that the Laser
Safety Bus cabling in this Network Element (NE) is connected among all shelves as
directed in the Interconnection and Mechanical Assembly Manual (ICMA).
3 If the APRM alarm persists, the most probable cause is a fiber connection problem
in the demux path (disconnected/damaged fiber or dirty connectors). Verify that the
following fiber connections are made correctly and that the fiber is not bent or
kinked. Make corrections as necessary.
• Fiber between the Out port of the amplifier card raising the APRM alarm and the
first Filter card in the demux direction.
• Fiber between remaining Filter cards in the demux direction.
4 If the APRM alarm persists, optical connectors may be dirty. One-by-one, discon-
nect the fibers listed above in Step 3, clean the optical connectors, and re-connect.
5 If the APRM alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm per-
sists, Cold Start the card.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
7 If the alarm persists, replace the Filter card connected to the amplifier.
8 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.3 CCFAIL

Alarm name Card Communication Failure (CCFAIL)

20 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Default severity Major


Alarm object Card slot
General information If a Controller card cannot communicate with one (or more) of
and causes the cards that it manages, the CCFAIL alarm will be raised.
Since the type of card is therefore unknown to the Controller
because of the lack of communication, the CCFAIL alarm is
raised against the shelf slot(s) that cannot communicate.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Which type of Controller card manages the slot(s) raising the CCFAIL alarm?
a) CCEP or CCMP NE Controller card: Cold Start this Controller card. If the alarm
persists, go to step 2.
b) CCSP Shelf Controller card: [If previously-working communication between
shelves has been interrupted, CCFAIL will be raised by all slots managed by the
CCSP card]. Warm Start the CCSP card. If the alarm persists, Cold Start the
CCSP card. If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Check that the
inter-shelf LAN cable is properly connected. If the cable is properly connected,
but the alarm persists, replace the cable with a spare. If the alarm persists, go
to step 2.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support. If only one
slot is raising the CCFAIL alarm, the card in that slot probably needs to be replaced.

3.1.4 CFF

Alarm name Compact Flash Failure (CFF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object CCEP and CCMP cards
General information CCEP and CCMP cards contain a removable Compact Flash
and causes memory module. The CFF alarm will be raised if the card
cannot write data to its Compact Flash.

Troubleshooting instructions
g NOTICE: Do NOT Cold Start a card that has an active CFF alarm!
1 Dispatch service personnel to the site of the card raising the alarm. Bring at least
one spare Compact Flash module. Replace the Compact Flash module on the card
raising the CFF alarm. To do so, follow the Compact Flash replacement instructions
in chapter 4.2.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.5 CMISM

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 21
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Alarm name Card Mismatch (CMISM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Card slot
General information The NE Configuration File (NCF) specifies the card type to be
and causes installed in each slot. If a slot contains a card different from
that specified by the NCF, a CMISM alarm will be raised.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Remove the incorrect card and install the exact card type specified in the NCF.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.6 CMISS

Alarm name Card Missing (CMISS)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Card slot
General information The NE Configuration File (NCF) specifies the card type to be
and causes installed in each slot. If no card is installed in a slot that is
supposed to contain a card, a CMISS alarm will be raised.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Install the exact card type specified in the NCF.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.7 CMM

Alarm name Client Mode Mismatch (CMM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Client port of I01T10G card and I04TQ10G card
General information The CMM alarm will be raised if the card is not capable of
and causes running the user-specified client mode. The card’s client laser
will be switched off when a CMM alarm is active.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 What card type is raising the CMM alarm?
• I01T10G card: go to step 2.
• I04TQ10G card::go to step 3.
2 For the I01T10G card, the CMM alarm will be raised for either of the following
reasons:

22 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

• If 11.09 10GbE LAN PHY [also known as “OTU2 (overclocked, OTU2e”)]


mapping is selected by the user for any sub-type of I01T10G card that does not
support it. Only the I01T10G-1 LHD (Long-haul, higher dispersion tolerance)
and I01T10G-1 LHDS (Long-haul, higher dispersion tolerance, submarine) sub-
types supports this client mode. Selecting 11.09 10GbE LAN PHY mapping for
any I01T10G sub-type other than LHD or LHDS will raise the CMM alarm.
• If superFEC is activated when 11.09 10GbE LAN PHY [OTU2 (overclocked
OTU2e)] or 10GbE LAN PHY (mapping via OPU2e) is selected for the client
port, the CMM alarm will be raised if the current optical module cannot support
the increased bit rate.
So, to clear the alarm, select another client mode that is supported by the sub-type
of I01T10G card actually installed, or change the line interface FEC to standard (but
this will reduce performance). Conversely, if 11.09 10GbE LAN PHY mapping is
absolutely required, the currently installed I01T10G sub-type must be replaced by
an I01T10G-1 LHD or I01T10G-1 LHDS sub-type.
3 For the I04TQ10G card, the CMM alarm will be raised if superFEC is activated on
the line side when 10G Fibre Channel client mode is specified. To clear the alarm,
ensure that client mode and FEC type are compatible as follows:
• If client mode needs to be 10G Fibre Channel, then the line interface must be
set to Standard FEC.
• If the line interface must be superFEC, then the client mode is not allowed to be
10G Fibre Channel.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.8 CONCABF

Alarm name Connection Cable Fail (CONCABF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object PL-1 card
General information Each LALx amplifier card may have an optional PL-1 pump
and causes card connected to it via fiber cable. This fiber includes a
small, low-voltage electrical cable that provides the capability
to detect if the connection is mated properly. If the cable is not
connected, the affected PL-1 card will raise a CONCABF
alarm. The PL-1 card’s laser is shut off under these condi-
tions.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Contact your next level of technical support before proceeding since the following
action is traffic-affecting. Warm Start the PL-1 card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists after Warm Start recovery time (approx 3 minutes), dispatch personnel to
the site to check the cable.
2 Ensure that the fiber from the associated LALx amplifier card is connected properly
to the PL-1 card raising the alarm. If not, clean all optical connectors and make the
correct fiber connections. This should clear the CONCABF alarm. Note that it is nec-

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 23
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

essary to withdraw the PL-1 card a short distance from the shelf in order to access
its internal connector.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support before pro-
ceeding since the following action is traffic-affecting. Replace the faulty PL-1 card
with a spare.

3.1.9 CP

Alarm name Card Problem (CP)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Card (active type cards only; the CP alarm is not raised by
Filter or DCM cards).
General information The CP alarm is raised due to a fault condition on the indi-
and causes cated card.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 What type of card is raising the CP alarm?
• Transponder, Muxponder, and Regenerator card (except 40G cards): go to
chapter 3.1.9.1.
• 40G card: go to chapter 3.1.9.2.
• CFSU card: go to chapter 3.1.9.3.
• MCP404 card: go to chapter 3.1.9.4.
• Any other card type: go to chapter 3.1.9.5.

3.1.9.1 CP alarm raised by transponder, muxponder, or regenerator card


(except 40G)
Are MMISS alarm(s) also raised by the same card?
• No: go to chapter 3.1.9.5.
• Yes: there is a problem with the insertion of pluggable modules. Go to the trouble-
shooting instructions for the MMISS alarm.

3.1.9.2 CP alarm raised by 40G card


The following description is valid for I01T40G-1, I01R40G-1, and I04T40G-1 cards.
Perform the following steps:
1 Try to clear the alarm remotely first. Warm Start the card raising the CP alarm and
see if the alarm clears. If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 If one (or more) of these card types has raised a CP alarm, it does not necessarily
mean there is a defect on the card. If the card’s allowable temperature range has
been significantly exceeded, the card will be automatically taken out of operation (all
traffic interfaces are switched off) as a safety precaution to prevent damage to the
card. The CP alarm will be raised to alert the user to this condition. If the remote
Warm Start did not clear the alarm, dispatch personnel to the site. For the shelf that

24 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

contains the card(s) raising the CP alarm, withdraw the Fan Unit from the shelf and
check the type listed on the label.
• If the Fan Unit is the older CFS-1 type, replace it with a CFS-2 Fan Unit: Nokia
Siemens Networks part number S42024-L5423-C200-x (where “x” is 3 or
higher). The CFS-1 Fan Unit cannot be used in any shelf that contains 40G
cards. Only the CFS-2 Fan Unit (Rev 3 or higher) may be used with 40G
cards.
• If the Fan Unit is the CFS-2 type, verify that it is correctly installed and working.
If a FAN_MAJOR or FAN_MINOR alarm is also active, follow the troubleshoot-
ing procedures for those alarms, including replacement of the Fan Unit with a
spare if necessary.
3 Once a correctly-functioning CFS-2 Fan Unit is installed in the shelf, wait 15 minutes
for the fan to cool the shelf and cards to the proper temperature. Then, Cold Start
the 40G card(s) raising the CP alarm (or withdraw the card from the shelf and then
re-seat it). This is the only way to clear this type of CP alarm and restore the card to
operation.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.9.3 CP alarm raised by CFSU card


The CFSU card is designed to be operated at altitudes from 0 m to 2000 m above sea
level. If the CFSU is installed at altitudes lower than 500 m below sea level or higher
than 8000 m above sea level, the card will raise a CP alarm. The CFSU card will also
raise a CP alarm if the ambient temperature is lower than -10 degrees Celsius or higher
than +73 degrees Celsius. All these conditions are far outside the allowable hiT 7300
operating ranges. Under such conditions, the card will raise a CP alarm that cannot be
cleared (except by moving the CFSU to a lower altitude location or correcting the
ambient temperature).
Conversely, if the CFSU is installed at a location that does meet the official Nokia
Siemens Networks specifications for operating environment, then the CP alarm has
been caused by a fault on the card itself. Go to chapter 3.1.9.5.

3.1.9.4 CP alarm raised by MCP404 card


If the CP alarm is raised by an MCP404 card, there is a possibility that the wrong card
type was installed. These cards are available in two types; MCP404-1 and MCP404-2.
An MCP404 card may raise a CP alarm if it receives configuration instructions from the
Network Configuration File (NCF) that are not supported by that type of MCP404. In this
case, the CP alarm does not indicate a defective card; it simply indicates that the wrong
MCP404 type is installed. Therefore, check the part number of the installed card. If it
does not agree with the part number specified in the TransNet report, remove the incor-
rect card and install the correct type. If the CP alarm persists, go to chapter 3.1.9.5.

3.1.9.5 CP alarm raised by any other card type


1 Execute a Warm Start of the card raising the CP alarm. Sometimes, this allows a
faulty card to recover. However, the recovery may only be temporary. If the alarm
persists, continue to step 2.
2 Is traffic affected by the failed condition?

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 25
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

a) Yes: execute a Cold Start of the card. If the alarm persists, immediately dispatch
personnel to the site and replace the card with a spare. See Card Replacement
instructions in chapter 4.1.
b) No: do NOT execute a Cold Start (since traffic is OK). However, replacement of
the faulty card should be scheduled for the next scheduled maintenance
window. See Card Replacement instructions in chapter 4.1.

3.1.10 FAN_MAJOR

Alarm name Fan Major (FAN_MAJOR)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object Shelf
General information A shelf will raise the FAN_MAJOR alarm as follows:
and causes
• Shelf types that can hold only a single Fan Unit (CFS-
1 or CFS-2 type Fan Units): the FAN_MAJOR alarm will
be raised if two or more individual fans inside the Fan Unit
are faulty. Note: all working fans in the Fan Unit will go to
high speed when a FAN_MAJOR alarm is active. In addi-
tion, the FAN_MAJOR alarm is raised if the Fan Unit’s
presence is not detected by the shelf. Either the Fan Unit
has been unplugged from the shelf, or there is some
problem with its connector plug.
• Shelf types that can hold multiple Fan Units (CFS-3
type Fan Units): the FAN_MAJOR alarm will be raised if
two or more Fan Units have completely failed. Note: all
working Fan Units in the shelf will go to high speed when
a FAN_MAJOR alarm is active. In addition, the
FAN_MAJOR alarm is raised if the two or more Fan Units
are detected to be missing from the shelf. Either the Fan
Units have been unplugged from the shelf, or there is
some problem with their connector plugs.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 What type of shelf is raising the alarm?
• A shelf that can hold only one Fan Unit: go to chapter 3.1.10.1.
• A shelf that can hold multiple Fan Units: go to chapter 3.1.10.2.

3.1.10.1 FAN_MAJOR raised by a shelf that can hold only a


single Fan Unit
Troubleshooting instructions
1 Immediately dispatch personnel to the site. Take a spare Fan Unit and a spare Air
Filter.
2 Once on site, check the shelf raising the alarm.

26 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

• If there is no Fan Unit in the shelf, install the replacement (with its new Air Filter).
The FAN_MAJOR alarm should clear when a fully-working Fan Unit is installed.
Go to step 3.
• If the Fan Unit is present in the shelf, it may not be fully engaged with its shelf
connector plug. Withdraw the Fan Unit from the shelf, then immediately re-insert
it. If this Fan Unit is functioning correctly, the FAN_MAJOR alarm will clear. If the
FAN_MAJOR alarm persists, it means two or more individual fans in the Fan
Unit are faulty. Withdraw the Fan Unit and replace it with the spare (with its new
Air Filter). The FAN_MAJOR alarm will clear when a fully-working Fan Unit is
correctly installed in the shelf. Go to step 3.
g NOTICE: Do NOT remove the Fan Unit unless the replacement unit is readily at
hand. When a shelf’s Fan Unit is removed, there is no cooling airflow. Therefore,
the replacement unit must be inserted as quickly as possible after removing the
old unit.
3 If a new Fan Unit was installed, it is assumed that it contained a new Air Filter. There-
fore, the filter maintenance timer must be reset. There are two ways to do this:
• If the shelf contains the optional CFSU card, there is a button on the card’s
front panel named “Restart Timer”. Press this button (a small tool is required)
and hold the button for 5 seconds. This will restart the filter replacement timer.
In addition, the new filter’s Insertion Date (visible on the Element Manager
Shelf-Config window) will be set to the current date and time.
• If the shelf does not contain a CFSU card, restart the timer via Element
Manager. In the Shelf Equipment window, right-click on the Shelf bar and
select Configuration. On the resulting window, click the Fan Filter Configura-
tion button, enter the current date and time in the fields provided, and then click
the Apply button.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.10.2 FAN_MAJOR raised by a shelf that can hold


multiple Fan Units
Troubleshooting instructions
1 Immediately dispatch personnel to the site. Take at least two spare CFS-3 Fan
Units.
2 Once on site, remove the plate that covers the shelf’s Fan Unit area.
g NOTICE: In these shelf types, the Air Filter and the Fan Units are separate
assemblies. Whenever one or more Fan Units are removed from the shelf, do
not remove the Air Filter. If the Air Filter is removed from the shelf when one or
more Fan Units are also removed, cooling airflow will not be sufficient and
damage to the cards will occur.
• If Fan Units are missing from the shelf, install the spares. The FAN_MAJOR
alarm should clear when fully-working Fan Units are installed.
• If all Fan Units are present in the shelf, they may not be fully engaged with their
connector plugs. One by one, withdraw each Fan Unit from the shelf, then imme-
diately re-insert it. If all Fan Units are functioning correctly, the FAN_MAJOR
alarm will clear. If the FAN_MAJOR alarm persists, it means two or more Fan
Units are faulty. The faulty units can be usually be quickly identified since their

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 27
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

red LED should be on. Remove each failed Fan Unit from the shelf and replace
them with the spares. The FAN_MAJOR alarm will clear when fully-working Fan
Units are correctly installed in the shelf.
3 Re-install the cover plate over the fan area of the shelf.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.
☞ Operating note: CFS-3 fans are displayed in Element Manager’s Equipment
Inventory list. But this inventory data can be updated on the GUI only if all Fan
Units are inserted in the shelf. If one or more Fan Units are removed from the
shelf, old inventory data will continue to be displayed. Once all Fans are
inserted, inventory status will be updated.

3.1.11 FAN_MINOR

Alarm name Fan Minor (FAN_MINOR)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object Shelf
General information A shelf will raise the FAN_MINOR alarm as follows:
and causes
• Shelf types that can hold only a single Fan Unit (CFS-
1 or CFS-2 type Fan Units): the FAN_MINOR alarm will
be raised if one individual fan inside the Fan Unit is faulty.
Note: all working fans in the Fan Unit will go to high speed
when a FAN_MINOR alarm is active.
• Shelf types that can hold multiple Fan Units (CFS-3
type Fan Units): the FAN_MINOR alarm will be raised if
one Fan Unit has completely failed. In addition, the
FAN_MINOR alarm is raised if one Fan Unit is detected
to be missing from the shelf. Either the Fan Unit has been
unplugged from the shelf, or there is some problem with
its connector plugs.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 What type of shelf is raising the alarm
• A shelf that can hold only one Fan Unit: go to chapter 3.1.11.1.
• A shelf that can hold multiple Fan Units: go to chapter 3.1.11.2.

3.1.11.1 FAN_MINOR raised by a shelf that can hold only a


single Fan Unit
Troubleshooting instructions
1 Which alarm(s) are raised?
• FAN_MAJOR and FAN_MINOR: If both alarms are raised simultaneously, go
to the troubleshooting instructions for the FAN_MAJOR alarm.

28 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

• FAN_MINOR only: one fan pack in the Fan Unit is faulty. Replace the Fan Unit
with a spare as soon as possible before a more serious FAN_MAJOR alarm has
a chance to occur. It is recommended to replace the Fan Unit within 24 hours of
a FAN_MINOR alarm. In addition to the spare Fan Unit, take a spare air filter to
the site. It is a good idea to also replace the air filter at this time.
g NOTICE: Do NOT remove the Fan Unit unless the replacement unit is readily at
hand. When a shelf’s Fan Unit is removed, there is no cooling airflow. Therefore,
the replacement unit must be inserted as quickly as possible after removing the
old unit.
2 If a new Fan Unit was installed, it is assumed that it contained a new Air Filter. There-
fore, the filter maintenance timer must be reset. There are two ways to do this:
• If the shelf contains the optional CFSU card, there is a button on the card’s
front panel named “Restart Timer”. Press this button (a small tool is required)
and hold the button for 5 seconds. This will restart the filter replacement timer.
In addition, the new filter’s Insertion Date (visible on the Element Manager
Shelf-Config window) will be set to the current date and time.
• If the shelf does not contain a CFSU card, restart the timer via Element
Manager. In the Shelf Equipment window, right-click on the Shelf bar and
select Configuration. On the resulting window, click the Fan Filter Configura-
tion button, enter the current date and time in the fields provided, and then click
the Apply button.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.11.2 FAN_MINOR raised by a shelf that can hold


multiple Fan Units
Troubleshooting instructions
1 Dispatch personnel to the site within 24 hours of the FAN_MINOR alarm being
raised. Take at least one spare CFS-3 Fan Unit.
2 Once on site, remove the plate that covers the shelf’s Fan Unit area.
g NOTICE: In these shelf types, the Air Filter and the Fan Units are separate
assemblies. Whenever one or more Fan Units are removed from the shelf, do
not remove the Air Filter. If the Air Filter is removed from the shelf when one or
more Fan Units are also removed, cooling airflow will not be sufficient and
damage to the cards will occur.
• If a Fan Unit is missing from the shelf, install the spare. The FAN_MINOR alarm
should clear when all Fan Units are installed in the shelf and fully working.
• If all Fan Units are present in the shelf, they may not be fully engaged with their
connector plugs. One by one, withdraw each Fan Unit from the shelf, then imme-
diately re-insert it. If all Fan Units are functioning correctly, the FAN_MINOR
alarm will clear. If the FAN_MINOR alarm persists, it means one Fan Unit is
faulty. The faulty unit can be usually be quickly identified since its red LED
should be on. Remove the failed Fan Unit from the shelf and replace it with the
spare. The FAN_MINOR alarm will clear when fully-working Fan Units are cor-
rectly installed in the shelf.
3 Re-install the cover plate over the fan area of the shelf.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 29
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

☞ Operating note: CFS-3 fans are displayed in Element Manager’s Equipment


Inventory list. But this inventory data can be updated on the GUI only if all Fan
Units are inserted in the shelf. If one or more Fan Units are removed from the
shelf, old inventory data will continue to be displayed. Once all Fans are
inserted, inventory status will be updated.

3.1.12 FCTNS

Alarm name Function Not Supported (FCTNS)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The FCTNS alarm can be raised by the following:
• I04T2G5-1 card
• I05AD10G-1 card
• MCP404-1 card and MCP404-2 card
General information The FCTNS alarm will be raised by a card that does not
and causes support one or more functions due to a hardware limitation or
a netlist that has not yet been upgraded.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Which type of card is raising the FCTNS alarm?
• I04T2G5-1 card: go to step 2.
• I05AD10G-1 card: go to step 3.
• MCP-404-1 or MCP-404-2 card: go to step 4.
2 I04T2G5-1 card: there is only one I04T2G5-1 function that can be activated to
cause an FCTNS alarm: GCC0. Beginning with Release 4.2, GCC0 is supported
with a netlist variant. I04T2G5-1 cards already running in the system with an older
netlist cannot support GCC0 unless the new netlist is downloaded to the card.
Therefore, if an FCTNS alarm is raised by an I04T2G5-1 card, it means that the
GCC0 feature has been activated on a card that cannot support it with its current
netlist. To clear the alarm, do either of the following:
• deactivate GCC0 on the card raising the alarm.
• Or, Cold Start the card to download the new netlist. This is traffic-affecting!
3 I05AD10G-1 card: Cold Start the card to clear the FCTNS alarm. This is traffic-
affecting!
☞ Explanation: if a client mode change makes it necessary to download a different
"partial netlist" to the card, the card software will check if the currently running
"master netlist" is the compatible version. If yes, then the partial netlist will be
automatically downloaded and used. If not, changing the partial netlist will be
blocked, and the FCTNS alarm will be raised. The only way to recover is to Cold
Start the card, which will trigger download of a new master netlist and unblock
the download of the partial netlist.

30 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

4 MCP404-1 and MCP404-2 cards: MCP cards must be deployed only as specified
in the following table. If an FCTNS alarm is raised, it means that the card has been
installed in a system that is incompatible. Therefore, be sure to install these card
types (MCP404-1, MCP404-2, and MCP4-1) according to the table below. Be aware
of this requirement if you are replacing a failed MCP card - be sure the replace-
ment card is an acceptable type for your system. When the correct card type is
installed, the FCTNS alarm will clear.

MCP Card System Compatibility


Bit Rate Channel Count (Spacing)
Card Type 40G DPSK All Others 40 ch (100 GHz) 80 ch (50 GHz)
MCP404-1 OK OK OK No!
MCP404-2 No! OK OK No!
MCP4-1 OK OK OK OK

Table 8 MCP card system compatibility

5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.13 FF_MISS

Alarm name Fan Filter Missing (FF_MISS)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Shelf (SRS-2 type only)
General information An SRS-2 shelf will raise the FF_MISS alarm if the Air Filter
and causes is removed from the shelf. Note that all four fan units must be
inserted in the shelf in order for the shelf to be able to detect
a missing filter and raise the FF_MISS alarm.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Inert the Air Filter into its slot underneath the fans. Make sure it is fully seated.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.14 FilterExpired

Alarm name Filter Life Time Expired (FilterExpired)


Default severity Warning
Alarm object Shelf

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 31
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information As a back-up to detection of a clogged air filter by CFSU card


and causes airflow measurement, the user can also configure a simple
timer. When the timer expires, a FilterExpired alarm will be
raised to remind the user to replace the shelf air filter. This
timer is implemented by the Controller card (CCEP, CCMP,
and CCSP).
The timer parameters are set on the Shelf-Configuration
window. Available choices (based on site environmental con-
ditions) are 6, 8, 10, or 12 months. Refer to the NE Commis-
sioning Manuals for details that will assist in choosing the
time period appropriate for your NE site conditions.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 It is possible that the FilterExpired alarm has been raised unintentionally by the user.
This can happen when a new value for the air Filter Insertion Date (on the Shelf -
Configuration window) is set manually by the user. If the Insertion Date is acciden-
tally set to a value that is later than the “NE Time”, then the Filter Expired alarm will
be raised immediately. The root cause is that a typo was made when setting the
Insertion Date, or the NE Time itself is incorrect. So, if a FilterExpired alarm occurs
immediately after manually setting the air filter Insertion Date, verify that the NE
Time is correct and the Insertion Date is set correctly. Instructions for setting both
these parameters can be found in the hiT 7300 NE Commissioning Manual. When
these parameters are set correctly, the FilterExpired alarm will clear. If the FilterEx-
pired alarm was not caused by this manual setting, continue to step 2.
2 Dispatch personnel to the site. Be sure to take a spare air filter. Replace the air filter
in the shelf raising the alarm according to the instructions in chapter 4.28. As
explained in chapter 4.28, note that a key part of the procedure is to restart the timer
after replacing the filter. There are two ways to do this:
• If the shelf contains the optional CFSU card, there is a button on the card’s
front panel named “Restart Timer”. Press this button (a small tool is required)
and hold the button for 5 seconds. This will restart the filter replacement timer.
In addition, the new filter’s Insertion Date (visible on the Element Manager
Shelf-Config window) will be set to the current date and time.
• If the shelf does not contain a CFSU card, restart the timer via Element
Manager. In the Shelf Equipment window, right-click on the Shelf bar and
select Configuration. On the resulting window, click the Fan Filter Configura-
tion button, enter the current date and time in the fields provided, and then click
the Apply button.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.15 FMISM

Alarm name Frequency Mismatch (Optical Interface) (FMISM)


Default severity Major

32 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Alarm object Transponder card Client port (if configured as WDM client)
and Transponder card Line port.
General information The FMISM alarm will be raised in there is an anomaly with
and causes the transponder card’s transmit frequency on the indicated
port.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Verify that the card raising the alarm is installed in the correct slot, and correct if nec-
essary. Card positions not in agreement with the NE Configuration File (NCF) or
manual configuration (for SON), can cause the FMISM alarm.
2 If the FMISM alarm persists, verify that the proper type of pluggable module is
installed in the port raising the FMISM alarm. If the wrong type of pluggable module
is installed, remove it and install the correct type.
3 If the FMISM alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
4 If the FMISM alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the FMISM alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm with a spare.
Transfer all pluggable modules from the old card to the new card.
6 If the FMISM alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.16 ILANF

Alarm name ILAN Fail (ILANF)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object ILAN1 and ILAN2 ports on CCxP card
General information The hiT 7300 NE Commissioning procedures recommend
and causes that ILAN ports and the ILANF alarm be configured as
follows:
• When an ILAN port is used (i.e., a cable is connected to
it):
– The port itself should be enabled.
– The ILANF alarm should be enabled.
• When an ILAN port is unused (i.e., no cable is con-
nected to it):
– The port itself should remain enabled.
– But, the ILANF alarm should be suppressed.
Suppressing or enabling the ILANF alarm is done on the
Element Manager Alarm Notification Suppression window.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 33
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the ILANF alarm is raised, it can be caused by either of the following:
• The cable connected to an ILAN port has been disconnected. If this is the case,
re-install the cable and the ILANF will clear. If the alarm persists, replace the
cable with a spare.
• An unused ILAN port does not have the alarm suppressed. If this is the case,
suppress this port’s ILANF alarm via the Alarm Notification Suppression
window.
2 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the CCxP card raising the alarm. If the alarm per-
sists, replace the CCxP card and re-connect all ILAN cables.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.17 ISLP

Alarm name Interstage Loss Problem (ISLP)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Amplifier card interstage input port. (All amplifier card types
execpt LASBC-1 feature interstage access).
General information The ISLP alarm will be raised if the indicated amplifier card
and causes detects that the insertion loss through its external "interstage"
device(s) is too high.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 First, try to clear the alarm remotely. Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the
alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site.
2 If any of the amplifier card’s interstage fibers are pinched or kinked (which will cause
increased attenuation), correct the condition. If the alarm persists, continue to the
next step.
3 Verify that all interstage devices (DCM and/or attenuator patchcord) connected to
the amplifier card raising the alarm are the exact types required at this location. If
any interstage device is an incorrect type, replace it with the correct type.
4 If the alarm persists, disconnect all interstage fibers, clean all connectors, and re-
connect. If the alarm persists, replace the fibers one-by-one with spares until the
alarm clears. Be sure to replace any attenuator patchcord with one of an equivalent
rating.
5 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start of the amplifier card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the DCM with a spare of the identical type.
7 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
8 If the alarm persists, replace the amplifier card raising the alarm.
9 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

34 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3.1.18 LowCFSUFlow

Alarm name Low CFSU Flow (LowCFSUFlow)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object CFSU card
General information The CFSU card has determined that the airflow through the
and causes shelf’s air filter is too low. This indicates that the filter is
clogged and needs to be replaced.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Dispatch personnel to the site raising the alarm. Be sure to take a spare air filter.
2 Once on site, identify the shelf raising the alarm. Replace its air filter by following the
instructions in chapter 4.28. Verify that the LowCFSUFlow alarm clears and that the
yellow “Replace Filter” LED on the front panel of the CFSU card turns off.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.19 LSBFAIL

Alarm name Laser Safety Bus Failure (LSBFAIL)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object Shelf
General information The LSBFAIL alarm will be raised if the indicated shelf
and causes detects a failure of the Laser Safety Bus (also known as the
APSD bus).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Verify that the APSD IN/APSD OUT cable connections are correctly made to the
shelf indicating the LSBFAIL alarm as directed in the hiT 7300 Installation Manual
(ITMN). Correct any cabling errors.
2 If the alarm persists, replace the APSD IN and APSD OUT cables connected to the
shelf raising the alarm. If there was a bad cable, this should clear the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the Controller card in the shelf raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.20 LSBMISM

Alarm name Slot LSB Mismatch (LSBMISM)


Default severity Major

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 35
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Alarm object The LSBMISM alarm can be raised by the following card
types:
• LAL-type Amplifier cards (LALIC-1, LALPC-1, LALBC-1,
and LALBCH-1)
• LAV-type Amplifier cards (LAVIC-1, LAVBC-1, and
LAVBCH-1)
• LIFB-1 card
• PRC-1 Raman Pump card
• PL-1 Pump card
• F40-1/S and F40-1/O cards (only when the card is used
in demux mode)
• F40V-1/S and F40V-1/O cards (only when the card is
used in demux mode)
• F02MR-1 card
• F08MR-1 card
• F16SB-1 card
• F80MDI-1 and F80DCI-1 cards
• F06DR80-1 and F09DR80-1 cards
• F09MDRT-1/S and F09MDRT-1/O cards
General information A card will raise the LSBMISM alarm if it receives a laser
and causes safety bus (LSB) address that is not permitted for its card type
or slot position in the shelf.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Warm Start the Controller card in the shelf raising the LSBMISM alarm. If the alarm
persists after Warm Start recovery, Cold Start the Controller card.
2 If the alarm persists, follow the instructions in the “Danger” note below and
contact your next higher level of technical support for instructions to clear this alarm.
The LSBMISM alarm could be caused by a corrupt NCF (Network Configuration
File).

DANGER! if your system contains PL-1 Pump cards, shut down the system immediately
! if an LSBMISM alarm is still active! If the system is allowed to remain in operation with
PL-1 Pump cards, laser safety requirements are not met, which causes a risk of human
injury.
If your system does not contain PL-1 Pump cards, it is permitted for the system to remain
in operation with an LSBMISM alarm raised - but do not install any PL-1 cards until the
alarm is cleared. It is unsafe to operate the system with PL-1 card(s) when an
LSBMISM alarm is raised!

3.1.21 LSBWRONG

Alarm name Wrong LSB Cabling (LSBWRONG)


Default severity Critical

36 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Alarm object Shelf


General information The LSBWRONG alarm will be raised if the indicated shelf
and causes detects a non-allowed laser safety bus (LSB) address on one
of the member cards of the LSB ring. This is most often
caused by connecting the APSD IN/APSD OUT cables incor-
rectly (i.e., not connected in agreement with the TransNet
Cabling Plan Report).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Check that the APSD IN/APSD OUT cables are correctly connected to form the laser
safety bus ring as directed in the TransNet Cabling Plan Report. Always use the
TransNet Cabling Plan Report that matches the currently active APS software of the
network element (example: for APS = R4.10.00, use the Cabling Plan Report from
TransNet V6.0x). If the cables are not connected properly, immediately make the
required corrections.
2 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the Controller card in the shelf raising the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, follow the instructions in the “Danger” note below and
contact your next higher level of technical support for instructions to clear this alarm.
In addition to incorrect cable connections, the LSBWRONG alarm could be caused
by a corrupt NCF (Network Configuration File).

DANGER! if your system contains PL-1 Pump cards, shut down the system immediately
! if an LSBWRONG alarm is still active! If the system is allowed to remain in operation with
PL-1 Pump cards, laser safety requirements are not met, which causes a risk of human
injury.
If your system does not contain PL-1 Pump cards, it is permitted for the system to remain
in operation with an LSBWRONG alarm raised - but do not install any PL-1 cards until
the alarm is cleared. It is unsafe to operate the system with PL-1 card(s) when a
LSBWRONG alarm is raised!

3.1.22 MeasFail

Alarm name Measurement Failed (MeasFail)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object CFSU card
General information The MeasFail alarm indicates that the shelf's CFSU (Flow
and causes Sensor Unit) failed to successfully complete an airflow mea-
surement. The CFSU card automatically makes periodic
airflow measurements to determine if the air filter is clogged.
The interval between measurements is user-configurable via
the Element Manager Shelf - Config window. A failed mea-
surement indicates a problem with the CFSU card or possibly
the Fan Unit.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 37
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 The CFSU is designed to function only at altitudes between 0 to 2000 m above sea
level. CFSU behavior is as follows:
• If the equipment has been installed at an altitude from 2000 m to 4000 m, a
MeasFail alarm will be raised the very first time the CFSU performs an airflow
measurement. In this case, CFSU measurements will be ignored and the
CFSU’s air filter “Maintenance interval” is automatically set to 12 months. A Fil-
terExpired alarm will therefore be raised at 12-month intervals as a reminder to
replace the air filter. Therefore, at these altitudes, the CFSU card provides the
timer function only. It provides no capability to detect a clogged filter via airflow
measurements. Note that as long as the CFSU is used at such altitudes, the
MeasFail alarm will remain raised and cannot be cleared.
• If the equipment has been installed at an altitude higher than 4000 m, the CFSU
is being used beyond its design parameters. Again, the MeasFail alarm will be
raised the very first time the CFSU performs a measurement. Since such usage
is not supported, remove the CFSU card from the shelf. It cannot be used at
such altitudes.
• If the equipment has been installed at its approved design altitude of 0 m to 2000
m, continue to step 2.
2 Before dispatching personnel to the site, try to clear the MeasFail alarm remotely by
issuing a manual measurement command to the CFSU card raising the alarm. To
do so, open the CFSU Card - Config window and click the Check Air Flow button.
The read-only Measurement State field on this window will change to Measurement
in progress. It requires 3 to 5 minutes for a measurement to be completed.
3 Monitor the Measurement State field on the CFSU Card - Config window and look
for one of the following messages:
• If the Measurement State field displays Last measurement cycle finished, the
measurement was successful and the MeasFail alarm will be cleared.
• If the Measurement State field displays Last status rejected, or Last measure-
ment cycle failed, dispatch personnel to the site with a replacement CFSU card,
a replacement Fan Unit, and replacement Air Filter. Go to step 4.
4 Once on-site, check the following in the shelf that contains the CFSU raising the
alarm:
• Make sure the CFSU card is correctly installed. Equipping rules are: CFSU can
be installed only in Slot 1. Slot 2 is not allowed to be empty. If Slot 2 does not
contain a traffic-carrying card, then this slot must be equipped with a special
type of Filler Panel (NSN part number C50117-A29-B214). Other types of Filler
Panels cannot be used in this situation. One such Filler Panel is shipped with
each CFSU card.
• Make sure all Fan Unit(s) are correctly installed in the shelf. If one or more Fan
Units are missing or not fully plugged-in, install the correct Fan Unit in the shelf
(also make sure the air filter element is installed properly).
☞ Older shelf types contain only a single Fan Unit that also contains the Air
Filter. Newer shelf types contain multiple Fan Units and a separate Air Filter.
5 Repeat step 2 (manual measurement) to see if the MeasFail alarm clears. If the
alarm persists, continue to step 6.

38 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

☞ Note that during an airflow measurement, the fans will temporarily change
speeds. This is normal behavior and does not indicate any problem with the Fan
Unit(s).
6 If the alarm persists, a properly-installed, but defective Fan Unit may be causing the
MeasFail alarm. Replace any defective Fan Unit with a spare and repeat step 2. If
the alarm persists, continue to step 7.
g NOTICE: For shelves that contain only a single Fan Unit, do NOT remove it
unless the replacement is readily at hand. Since there is only one Fan Unit in
these shelf types, there is no forced-airflow cooling when the Fan Unit is
removed. Therefore, install the new Fan Unit as quickly as possible to minimize
the time the shelf is without a Fan Unit.
7 If the MeasFail alarm persists, replace the CFSU card with a spare. For instructions,
see chapter 4.4. Then, repeat step 2 to verify that the MeasFail alarm has cleared.
8 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.23 MMISM

Alarm name Module Type Mismatch (MMISM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Transponder Line Port and Transponder Client Port
General information The MMISM alarm be raised if the pluggable module actually
and causes installed in a transponder Line or Client port does not match
that port’s user-configured “Required WDM Grid Type” value
(on the port’s Traffic Configuration window).
For fixed-mounted, non-tunable MSA modules, if the
"Required WDM Grid Type" is set to “CWDM”, but the MSA
module has a frequency other than a CWDM wavelength, the
MMISM alarm will be raised. Behavior note: in this case,
invalid values will be shown for "Maximum Wavelength" and
"Minimum Wavelength" on this card’s 'Line Traffic Configura-
tion' window.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Follow the instructions in a) or b) as appropriate:
a) For a port equipped with a pluggable module: locate the port on the tran-
sponder card raising the MMISM alarm. Verify that pluggable module type
actually installed matches the user-configured “Required WDM Grid Type”
value. If there is a mismatch, install the correct module, or change the configu-
ration setting to match the module actually installed.
b) For a card equipped with a fixed-mounted, non-tunable MSA module: the
MMISM alarm has been raised because the "Required WDM Grid Type" is con-
figured to CWDM, but the MSA module has a frequency other than a CWDM
wavelength. So, change the “Required WDM Grid Type” to match the MSA
module. Alternately, if a CWDM wavelength is truly needed for this line port, the

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 39
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

entire transponder card must be replaced with one that does have a CWDM
MSA module.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.24 MMISS

Alarm name Module Missing (MMISS)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Transponder Pluggable Port
General information The MMISS alarm will be raised if any required SFP or XFP
and causes module is not installed on the indicated transponder port.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Locate the port on the transponder card raising the MMISS alarm and verify that it
is equipped with a pluggable module appropriate for the card type. Refer to the
Product Description document (PD) for listings of SFPs and XFPs that are compat-
ible with each type of hiT 7300 transponder card.
2 If the pluggable module is present but simply loose, insert it fully into the card’s con-
nector and the alarm should clear. However, if the required module is missing
entirely, determine the exact Nokia Siemens Networks part number of the module
that is required for this port and install it. Connect fibers to the pluggable module.
g Behavior note: It is mechanically possible to install some SFPs upside down. In
some cases, this will cause a short circuit and raise the MMISS alarm (typically,
the alarm will be raised simultaneously on all the card’s ports). In addition, this
situation will also raise a CP alarm. If investigation shows that an SFP is installed
upside down, do the following:
• Remove the incorrectly-installed SFP and re-insert it in the correct orienta-
tion.
• Warm Start the transponder card. This will clear the CP and MMISS alarms.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.25 MNOTCT

Alarm name Module Not Certified (MNOTCT)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Transponder Pluggable Port
General information The MNOTCT alarm will be raised if a non-Nokia Siemens
and causes Networks SFP or XFP module is installed in the indicated
transponder port. Refer to the Product Description document
(PD) for listings of SFPs and XFPs that are compatible with
each type of hiT 7300 transponder card.

40 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Troubleshooting instructions
☞ The following procedure is traffic-affecting!
1 Locate the port on the transponder card raising the MNOTCT alarm. Carefully dis-
connect fibers from the pluggable module. Remove the non-approved module from
this port.
2 Determine the exact Nokia Siemens Networks part number of the module that is
required for this port and install it. Re-connect fibers.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.26 MP

Alarm name Module Problem (MP)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Transponder pluggable port
General information The MP alarm indicates a failure of the indicated port’s SFP
and causes or XFP module.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Before dispatching personnel to the site, remotely Warm Start the card raising the
alarm. Sometimes, this will clear an MP alarm.
2 If the alarm persists after the card recovers from the Warm Start, dispatch personnel
to the site. Be sure to take a spare SFP or XFP pluggable module of the exact type
that matches the failed one. Also take a spare transponder card of the exact type
involved.
3 Once on-site, replace the faulty SFP or XFP module with the spare. The MP alarm
will clear as soon as the faulty module is removed from the card.
4 If the MP alarm persists after replacing the SFP or XFP module, then replace the
entire card according to the instructions in chapter 4.17.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.27 NLD

Alarm name No Light Detected (NLD)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object MCP card input port.
General information The NLD alarm will be raised if no light is detected at the cur-
and causes rently-selected input port of the MCP card.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 41
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 First, try to clear the alarm remotely. Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the
alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site.
2 Missing or loose fiber connections between the amplifier card’s MonSo port and the
MCP card’s input ports can cause the NLD alarm. Verify that all fiber patchcords are
properly installed. If any patchcord is missing, bent/pinched, or improperly con-
nected, the NLD alarm should clear when the correct connection is established.
3 If the alarm persists, disconnect the fiber patchcord from the relevant input port of
the MCP card and the MonSo port of the corresponding amplifier card. Clean all
optical connectors and re-connect. If the NLD alarm persists after cleaning, replace
the fiber patchcord with a cleaned, inspected spare.
4 If the alarm persists, there may be no light coming from the amplifier card’s MonSo
port. Disconnect the fiber from the amplifier card’s MonSo port and measure the
output power. If no light is exiting the MonSo port, contact your next higher level of
technical support before proceeding. Replace the amplifier card with a spare.
5 If no other cause can be found, try another Warm Start of the affected MCP card. If
the alarm persists after recovery time (approx 3 minutes), Cold Start the MCP card.
If the alarm persists after recovery time (approx 3 minutes), the MCP card is defec-
tive. Replace the MCP card with a spare.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.28 OBFF

Alarm name Onboard Flash Failure (OBFF)


Default severity Warning
Alarm object CCEP and CCMP cards.
General information The CCEP and CCMP cards both contain an onboard flash
and causes memory. A copy of the MIB contents is periodically written to
the onboard flash. When the onboard flash reaches the end
of its lifetime, no further backup copies can be written to it.
Therefore, the OBFF alarm serves as a warning that the
onboard flash has reached the end of its lifetime. The entire
card (CCEP or CCMP) card must then be replaced.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Replace the card raising the OBFF alarm with a spare as soon as practical. For
instructions, go to Chapter 4.1.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.29 OBRF

Alarm name Optical Booster Stage Receive Failure (OBRF)

42 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Default severity Critical


Alarm object Amplifier card interstage input port. (All types of amplifier
cards except LASBC-1 feature interstage access).
General information If an amplifier card detects a loss of signal condition at the
and causes input to its booster stage, the OBRF alarm will be raised.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If an LOS alarm is raised anywhere in the network, troubleshoot and clear that alarm
first.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
3 If the OBRF alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Check the interstage fiber
connections of the card raising the alarm. If any of these fibers are pinched or kinked
(which will cause increased attenuation), correct the condition. If the alarm persists,
continue to step 3.
4 If the alarm persists, disconnect all interstage fibers, clean all connectors, and re-
connect. If the alarm persists, replace the fibers one-by-one with spares until the
alarm clears. Be sure to replace any attenuation patchcord with one of an equivalent
rating.
5 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the amplifier card raising the alarm.
7 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.30 OBTF

Alarm name Booster Stage Transmit Fail (OBTF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Amplifier cards (all types).
General information The OBTF alarm is raised if the gain of the amplifier card’s
and causes booster stage is too low, or if there is a back reflection condi-
tion at the card’s transmit port.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If other alarms are raised on the same amplifier card, troubleshoot and clear them
first.
2 If the OBTF alarm persists, disconnect the fiber from the amplifier card’s output con-
nector. Clean the fiber end and connector. Re-attach the fiber.
3 If the alarm persists, disconnect the fiber from the amplifier card’s output connector
and replace it with a cleaned, inspected spare.
4 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the amplifier card raising the alarm.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 43
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

7 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.31 OPRF

Alarm name Optical Preamplifier Stage Receive Failure (OPRF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object LAxB and LIFB amplifier cards.
General information This alarm is raised if there is a loss of signal detected at the
and causes input of Amplifier Stage I of the card raising the alarm.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear any upstream alarms first. If the OPRF alarm persists, Warm
Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site.
2 An OPRF alarm is typically caused by a fiber break or other fiber problem immedi-
ately prior to the amplifier card raising the alarm. So, verify that the input fiber to the
card is properly installed. If the cable was missing, bent/pinched, or improperly con-
nected, correct the problem. The OPRF alarm should clear when the correct con-
nection is established.
3 If the alarm persists, disconnect the fiber at the In connector of the affected amplifier
card. Clean all optical connectors and re-connect. If OPRF alarm persists, replace
the fiber cable with a cleaned, inspected spare.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start of the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
7 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.32 OPTF

Alarm name Preamplifier Stage Transmit Fail (OPTF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Amplifier card interstage output port. (All types of amplifier
cards except LASBC-1 feature interstage access)..
General information The OPTF alarm is raised if the amplifier card’s pre-amplifier
and causes stage cannot achieve the required power gain, or if there is a
back reflection condition at the card’s interstage output
(transmit) port.

44 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If other alarms are raised on the same amplifier card, troubleshoot and clear them
first.
2 If the OPTF alarm persists, Warm Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
3 If the OPTF alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Disconnect the fiber from
the amplifier card’s “To ISD” output connector. Clean the fiber end and connector.
Re-attach the fiber.
4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the amplifier card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.33 OSCLOL

Alarm name OSC Loss of Lock (OSCLOL)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object In-line and Pre-amplifier cards
General information The OSCLOL alarm is raised if the indicated amplifier card
and causes detects a clocking problem on the incoming Optical Supervi-
sory Channel.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear upstream alarms first.
2 If the OSCLOL alarm persists, Warm Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site and replace the amplifier card
raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.34 OSCTD

Alarm name OSC Laser Transmit Degrade (OSCTD)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Booster and In-line amplifier cards (i.e., those amplifier types
that transmit the Optical Supervisory Channel).

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 45
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information The OSCTD alarm is raised if the indicated amplifier card
and causes detects a fault with its Optical Supervisory Channel transmit
laser for more than 900 consecutive seconds. The alarm is
based on laser modulation current, bias current, and monitor
current. The exact alarm trigger threshold of each parameter
varies slightly according to the specific type of amplifier card.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Warm Start the amplifier card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, continue to
step 2. Note that this alarm has a clear time of 900 seconds (15 minutes), so it will
be necessary to wait at least that long after the Warm Start to verify if the alarm
clears.
☞ Since Cold Starting an amplifier card is traffic-affecting, do not Cold Start the
card raising the OSCTD alarm. This alarm indicates that only the Optical Super-
visory Channel is experiencing problems - the payload is still OK. So, a Cold
Start would unnecessarily drop good payload traffic.
2 If the alarm persists, replace the amplifier card raising the alarm during the next
scheduled network maintenance period.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.35 OSCTF

Alarm name OSC Laser Transmit Fail (OSCTF)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object Booster and In-line amplifier cards (i.e., those amplifier types
that transmit the Optical Supervisory Channel).
General information The OSCTF alarm is raised if the indicated amplifier card
and causes cannot transmit the Optical Supervisory Channel.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Warm Start the amplifier card raising the alarm.
☞ Since Cold Starting an amplifier card is traffic-affecting, do not Cold Start the
card raising the OSCTF alarm. This alarm indicates that only the Optical Super-
visory Channel is experiencing problems - the payload is still OK. So, a Cold
Start would unnecessarily drop good payload traffic.
2 If the alarm persists, replace the amplifier card raising the alarm during the next
scheduled network maintenance period.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.36 OverPower1M

46 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Alarm name Over Power 1M (OverPower1M)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The OverPower1M alarm can be raised by an LALx amplifier
card used as a pre-amplifier.
General information Filter cards receiving the optical signal from the pre-amplifier
and causes card contain “over power” monitors. If these monitors detect
optical power higher than the 1M laser safety level, the pre-
amplifier card will enter Automatic Power Reduction Mode
(APRM) and raise the OverPower1M alarm. This alarm signi-
fies that the pre-amplifier card has reduced its output power
and is latched in APRM.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If any card has raised a CP alarm, troubleshoot and clear that alarm first.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support. Changes to
the Network Configuration File (NCF) may be necessary.
3 Only after the OverPower1M alarm has been cleared is it permitted to release the
latched APRM. To do so, open the pre-amplifier card’s “Card-Config” window and
click the “Disable APRM” button.

3.1.37 PD

Alarm name Pump Degrade (PD)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object 40G transponder cards
General information 40G transponder cards contain a pre-amplifier module. The
and causes PD alarm indicates a degraded condition with the pump laser
portion of the amplifier module. The pump laser is not shut
down as a result of this alarm. Among the conditions that can
trigger the PD alarm are:
• Pump laser current has exceeded its maximum value.
• An anomaly is detected between the Pump laser current
and the amplifier output power.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Try to clear the alarm remotely first. Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the
alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Has the card been in service a long time?
• Yes: the alarm indicates that the laser is nearing its End of Life. Replace the card
at the earliest opportunity.
• No: troubleshoot any upstream alarms first. Verify that the card’s output power
settings are correct. If the alarm persists, continue to step 3.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 47
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

3 Dispatch personnel to the site. Disconnect fiber at this card’s input. Clean fiber ends
and connectors. Re-connect fiber.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
7 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.38 PF

Alarm name Pump Failure (PF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object 40G transponder cards
General information 40G transponder cards contain a pre-amplifier module. The
and causes PF alarm indicates a failed condition with the pre-amplifier’s
pump laser. The pump laser is shut down as a result of this
alarm. Among the conditions that can trigger the PF alarm
are:
• Pump laser current is far above its maximum upper limit.
• Pump laser temperature is too high or too low.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Try to clear the alarm remotely first. Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site and replace the card raising the
alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.39 POOR

Alarm name Power Out of Range (POOR)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The POOR alarm can be raised by:
• LAMIC-1, LAMPC-1, and LASBC-1 cards
• O02CSP-1 Protection Switch card

48 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

General information The POOR alarm can be caused by: .


and causes
• If raised by an amplifier card: Release 4.2 of hiT 7300
(which supports 80-channel operation) re-uses amplifier
card hardware from earlier releases which was designed
for a maximum channel count of 40. The fixed range of
power measurement circuitry at various stages of the
amplifier cards is not sufficient for 80 channels. A POOR
alarm signifies that the monitor circuitry is near its upper
or lower limit and that the card may shift its measurement
range. If the card is in running state, this range shift will
cause a traffic hit of approximately 1 second.
• If raised by O02CSP-1 card: there is an incorrect equip-
ment configuration resulting in a laser safety hazard as
explained below.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 What card is raising the POOR alarm?
• Amplifier card: The POOR alarm may be temporary (caused by power fluctua-
tions or temporary changes in span attenuation). In these cases, the POOR
alarm will clear itself. However, if the POOR alarm persists, do not perform a
channel upgrade or downgrade when a POOR alarm is active until a
network maintenance window is available, because there will be a 1-
second traffic hit when the card shifts its measurement range. After the
range shift occurs, the POOR alarm will clear itself.
• O02CSP-1 card: if the POOR alarm is raised by an O02CSP-1 card, it means
that the optical power of the client input port(s) of the Protection Group exceeds
10 dBm (which can occur for certain equipment combinations when OTS protec-
tion mode is being used), and the Protection Group was not configured correctly.
As described in the Operating Manual (OMN), Protection Groups must always
be created before performing link start-up. If this was not done, the O02CSP-1
card will raise the POOR alarm after the link is running.
To clear the POOR alarm, immediately create the required Protection Group.
The Protection Group Layer must be OTS. After creating the Protection
Group, the POOR alarm will clear. Since it indicates a laser safety hazard,
it is not permitted for the user to mask the POOR alarm.
2 If the POOR alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.40 PS1

Alarm name Power Supply 1 Problem (PS1)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Shelf
General information The PS1 alarm will be raised if the shelf detects a failure of its
and causes UBAT1 power feed.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 49
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Check the rack-mounted Power Distribution Panel that serves this shelf. ANSI
systems are equipped with fuses. ETSI systems are equipped with circuit breakers.
If a fuse is blown or missing, insert a new fuse of the proper rating. If a circuit breaker
is off, set it to on. If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Ensure that all power cables from the rack Power Distribution Panel to the shelf are
connected properly. If the alarm persists, continue to step 3.
3 Verify that all cables and fuses from the Facility Battery Distribution Bay to the rack
Power Distribution Panel are OK. If the alarm persists, continue to step 4.
4 Disconnect the UBAT1/3 cable at the shelf and measure the voltage being delivered
to the shelf via this cable. Requirements:
• ANSI: -40.5 Vdc to -57.5 Vdc
• ETSI: -40.5 Vdc to -75 Vdc
If the voltage is out of range, measure the voltage at other points to determine where
the problem originates (Power Distribution Panel, Battery Bay, etc).
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.41 PS2

Alarm name Power Supply 2 Problem (PS2)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Shelf
General information The PS2 alarm will be raised if the shelf detects a failure of its
and causes UBAT2 power feed.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Check the rack-mounted Power Distribution Panel that serves this shelf. ANSI
systems are equipped with fuses. ETSI systems are equipped with circuit breakers.
If a fuse is blown or missing, insert a new fuse of the proper rating. If a circuit breaker
is off, set it to on. If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Ensure that all power cables from the rack Power Distribution Panel to the shelf are
connected properly. If the alarm persists, continue to step 3.
3 Verify that all cables and fuses from the Facility Battery Distribution Bay to the rack
Power Distribution Panel are OK. If the alarm persists, continue to step 4.
4 Disconnect the UBAT2/4 cable at the shelf and measure the voltage being delivered
to the shelf via this cable. Requirements:
• ANSI: -40.5 Vdc to -57.5 Vdc
• ETSI: -40.5 Vdc to -75 Vdc
If the voltage is out of range, measure the voltage at other points to determine where
the problem originates (Power Distribution Panel, Battery Bay, etc).
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

50 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3.1.42 PS3

Alarm name Power Supply 3 Problem (PS3)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Shelf
General information The PS3 alarm will be raised if the shelf detects a failure of its
and causes UBAT3 power feed.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Check the rack-mounted Power Distribution Panel that serves this shelf. ANSI
systems are equipped with fuses. ETSI systems are equipped with circuit breakers.
If a fuse is blown or missing, insert a new fuse of the proper rating. If a circuit breaker
is off, set it to on. If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Ensure that all power cables from the rack Power Distribution Panel to the shelf are
connected properly. If the alarm persists, continue to step 3.
3 Verify that all cables and fuses from the Facility Battery Distribution Bay to the rack
Power Distribution Panel are OK. If the alarm persists, continue to step 4.
4 Disconnect the UBAT1/3 cable at the shelf and measure the voltage being delivered
to the shelf via this cable. Requirements:
• ANSI: -40.5 Vdc to -57.5 Vdc
• ETSI: -40.5 Vdc to -75 Vdc
If the voltage is out of range, measure the voltage at other points to determine where
the problem originates (Power Distribution Panel, Battery Bay, etc).
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.43 PS4

Alarm name Power Supply 4 Problem (PS4)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Shelf
General information The PS4 alarm will be raised if the shelf detects a failure of its
and causes UBAT4 power feed.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Check the rack-mounted Power Distribution Panel that serves this shelf. ANSI
systems are equipped with fuses. ETSI systems are equipped with circuit breakers.
If a fuse is blown or missing, insert a new fuse of the proper rating. If a circuit breaker
is off, set it to on. If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Ensure that all power cables from the rack Power Distribution Panel to the shelf are
connected properly. If the alarm persists, continue to step 3.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 51
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

3 Verify that all cables and fuses from the Facility Battery Distribution Bay to the rack
Power Distribution Panel are OK. If the alarm persists, continue to step 4.
4 Disconnect the UBAT2/4 cable at the shelf and measure the voltage being delivered
to the shelf via this cable. Requirements:
• ANSI: -40.5 Vdc to -57.5 Vdc
• ETSI: -40.5 Vdc to -75 Vdc
If the voltage is out of range, measure the voltage at other points to determine where
the problem originates (Power Distribution Panel, Battery Bay, etc).
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.44 Pu1TD

Alarm name Transmit Degrade Pump 1 (Pu1TD)


Default severity Major
Alarm object All sub-types of LAL, LAM, and LAS amplifier cards, PRC-1
card, and PL-1 card.
General information The Pu1TD alarm indicates a degraded condition with the
and causes indicated card’s Pump Laser 1. The pump laser is not shut
down as a result of this alarm. Among the conditions that can
trigger the Pu1TD alarm are:
• Pump 1 laser current has exceeded its maximum value.
• An anomaly is detected between the Pump 1 laser
current and the card’s output power.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the card has been in service a long time, this alarm indicates that the laser is
nearing its End of Life. Replace the card at the earliest opportunity. If this alarm is
raised after the card has been in service only a short time, check and correct the fol-
lowing:
• the card’s output power settings.
• troubleshoot any upstream alarms.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the Pu1TD alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Disconnect fiber at this
card’s input. Clean fiber ends and connectors. Re-connect fiber.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start of the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.
g Note: Alarm integration (raise/clear) times: the raise time for the Pu1TD alarm
is 120 seconds for the PL-1 card and 900 seconds for all other cards. The clear
time for the Pu1TD alarm is 60 seconds for the PL-1 card and 900 seconds for
all other cards. Take these times into consideration when troubleshooting. For

52 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

example, if this alarm occurs on a PRC-1 card, it will be necessary to wait 900
seconds (15 minutes) after each troubleshooting step to verify that the alarm has
cleared.

3.1.45 Pu2TD

Alarm name Transmit Degrade Pump 2 (Pu2TD)


Default severity Major
Alarm object All sub-types of LAL and LAV amplifier cards, and PRC-1
card
General information The Pu2TD alarm indicates a degraded condition with the
and causes indicated card’s Pump Laser 2. The pump laser is not shut
down as a result of this alarm. Among the conditions that can
trigger the Pu2TD alarm are:
• Pump 2 laser current has exceeded its maximum value.
• An anomaly is detected between the Pump 2 laser
current and the card’s output power.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the card has been in service a long time, this alarm indicates that the laser is
nearing its End of Life. Replace the card at the earliest opportunity. If this alarm is
raised after the card has been in service only a short time, check and correct the fol-
lowing:
• the card’s output power settings.
• troubleshoot any upstream alarms.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the Pu2TD alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Disconnect fiber at this
card’s input. Clean fiber ends and connectors. Re-connect fiber.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start of the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.
g Note: Alarm integration (raise/clear) times: the raise time for the Pu2TD alarm
is 900 seconds. The clear time for the Pu2TD alarm is also 900 seconds. Take
these times into consideration when troubleshooting, i.e., it will be necessary to
wait 900 seconds (15 minutes) after each troubleshooting step to verify that the
alarm has cleared.

3.1.46 Pu3TD

Alarm name Transmit Degrade Pump 3 (Pu3TD)

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 53
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Default severity Major


Alarm object PRC-1 card
General information The Pu3TD alarm will be raised if the indicated card detects
and causes that its Pump 3 laser current has exceeded 120% of its BOL
(Beginning of Life) value for 900 consecutive seconds.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the card has been in service a long time, this alarm indicates that the laser is
nearing its End of Life. Replace the card at the earliest opportunity. If this alarm is
raised after the card has been in service only a short time, check and correct the fol-
lowing:
• the card’s output power settings.
• troubleshoot any upstream alarms.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the Pu3TD alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Disconnect fiber at this
card’s input. Clean fiber ends and connectors. Re-connect fiber.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start of the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.
g Note: Alarm integration (raise/clear) times: the raise time for the Pu3TD alarm
is 900 seconds. The clear time for the Pu3TD alarm is also 900 seconds. Take
these times into consideration when troubleshooting, i.e., it will be necessary to
wait 900 seconds (15 minutes) after each troubleshooting step to verify that the
alarm has cleared.

3.1.47 Pu4TD

Alarm name Transmit Degrade Pump 4 (Pu4TD)


Default severity Major
Alarm object PRC-1 card
General information The Pu4TD alarm will be raised if the indicated card detects
and causes that its Pump 4 laser current has exceeded 120% of its BOL
(Beginning of Life) value for 900 consecutive seconds.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the card has been in service a long time, this alarm indicates that the laser is
nearing its End of Life. Replace the card at the earliest opportunity. If this alarm is
raised after the card has been in service only a short time, check and correct the fol-
lowing:
• the card’s output power settings.
• troubleshoot any upstream alarms.

54 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the Pu4TD alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Disconnect fiber at this
card’s input. Clean fiber ends and connectors. Re-connect fiber.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start of the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.
g Note: Alarm integration (raise/clear) times: the raise time for the Pu4TD alarm
is 900 seconds. The clear time for the Pu4TD alarm is also 900 seconds. Take
these times into consideration when troubleshooting, i.e., it will be necessary to
wait 900 seconds (15 minutes) after each troubleshooting step to verify that the
alarm has cleared.

3.1.48 Pu1TF

Alarm name Transmit Fail Pump 1 (Pu1TF)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object All sub-types of LAL, LAM, and LAS amplifier cards, PRC-1
card, and PL-1 card.
General information The Pu1TF alarm indicates a failed condition with the indi-
and causes cated card’s Pump Laser 1. The pump laser is shut down as
a result of this alarm. Among the conditions that can trigger
the Pu1TF alarm are:
• Pump 1 laser current is far above its maximum upper
limit.
• Pump 1 laser temperature is too high or too low. A corre-
sponding temperature alarm will also be raised (TempP1
for amplifier cards and TempP for PRC-1 and PL-1
cards).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site and replace the card raising the
alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.49 Pu2TF

Alarm name Transmit Fail Pump 2 (Pu2TF)


Default severity Critical

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 55
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Alarm object All sub-types of LAL and LAV amplifier cards, and PRC-1
card
General information The Pu2TF alarm indicates a failed condition with the indi-
and causes cated card’s Pump Laser 2. The pump laser is shut down as
a result of this alarm. Among the conditions that can trigger
the Pu2TF alarm are:
• Pump 2 laser current is far above its maximum upper
limit.
• Pump 2 laser temperature is too high or too low. A corre-
sponding temperature alarm will also be raised (TempP2
for amplifier cards and TempP for PRC-1 cards).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site and replace the card raising the
alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.50 Pu3TF

Alarm name Transmit Fail Pump 3 (Pu3TF)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object PRC-1 card
General information The Pu3TF alarm indicates a failed condition with the indi-
and causes cated card’s Pump Laser 3. The pump laser is shut down as
a result of this alarm. Among the conditions that can trigger
the Pu3TF alarm are:
• Pump 3 laser current is far above its maximum upper
limit.
• Pump 3 laser temperature is too high or too low. The card
will also raise a TempP alarm in this case.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Cold start the card raising the alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site and replace the card raising the
alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.51 Pu4TF

Alarm name Transmit Fail Pump 4 (Pu4TF)

56 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Default severity Critical


Alarm object PRC-1 card
General information The Pu4TF alarm indicates a failed condition with the indi-
and causes cated card’s Pump Laser 4. The pump laser is shut down as
a result of this alarm. Among the conditions that can trigger
the Pu4TF alarm are:
• Pump 4 laser current is far above its maximum upper
limit.
• Pump 4 laser temperature is too high or too low. The card
will also raise a TempP alarm in this case.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site and replace the card raising the
alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.52 SBLOS

Alarm name Sub Band Loss of Signal (SBLOS)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The SBLOS alarm can be raised by the following:
• F40V card COM port
• F40MR card:
– Line input port (RX-IN)
– Express input port (EXP-IN)
• F02MR card:
– Line input port (RX-IN)
– Add path input port (TX-IN2)
– Express path input port (TX-IN1)
• F08MR card RX-IN port
• F06DR80 card RX-IN port
• F09DR80 card RX-IN port
• F09MR80 card:
– Add path input ports (IN1 and IN2)
– Express path input ports (IN3 to IN9)
• F09MDRT card:
– R-COM port
– C9 port
• LAxD card Line In port

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 57
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information The SBLOS alarm is raised if the indicated card detects the
and causes loss of all the input channels that it is supposed to be receiv-
ing at one of its input ports (as listed above for each card
type).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Before dispatching personnel to the site, try to clear the alarm remotely by Warm
Starting the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists after the card recovers from
the Warm Start, Cold Start the card. If the alarm persists after the card recovers from
the Cold Start, continue to step 2.
2 Dispatch personnel to the site. Take a spare card of the same type raising the
SBLOS alarm. Once on-site, inspect the fiber connection at the input ports listed
above (ports will have different names, depending on card type).
• If the fiber is missing, bent/pinched, or improperly connected, correct the
problem. The SBLOS alarm should clear when the correct connection is estab-
lished.
• If the SBLOS alarm persists, disconnect both ends of the fiber. Clean all optical
connectors and re-connect. If the alarm persists, replace the fiber cable with a
cleaned, inspected spare.
3 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm with a spare.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.53 SLH

Alarm name Span Loss High (SLH)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Line In port of amplifier cards
General information The total attenuation of the fiber span leading up to each in-
and causes line amplifier and pre-amplifier is automatically calculated by
the system on a periodic basis. The SLH alarm signifies that
the span attenuation is too high. If a span’s attenuation
increases above its defined End of Life (EOL)* value by 3 dB
or more (6 dB or more if PRC-1 Raman card is active), the
SLH alarm will be raised.
*The EOL attenuation value for each span is defined in the
NE Configuration File.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Warm start the amplifier card raising the alarm. This may clear the alarm if there was
a defect on the amplifier card. If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Something caused the span attenuation to rise. Check the following:
• Check for damaged or kinked fiber at the input of the amplifier card raising the
alarm or at the output of this span’s upstream amplifier card. Such fiber

58 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

problems should be suspected if personnel recently performed any work at


either site. Dirty connectors could also be the problem, but if the system has
already been operating successfully long-term, fibers that have remained con-
nected to the amplifiers are unlikely to be the cause.
• If obvious fiber problems can be ruled out, call your next higher level of technical
support. It may be necessary to schedule an OTDR (Optical Time Domain
Reflectometer) reading of the outside fiber plant at the next maintenance
window to determine the location of the problem.
3 If the alarm persists, Cold Start of the amplifier card raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, replace the amplifier card raising the alarm with a spare.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.54 SLL

Alarm name Span Loss Low (SLL)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Line In port of amplifier cards
General information The total attenuation of the fiber span leading up to each in-
and causes line amplifier and pre-amplifier is automatically calculated by
the system on a periodic basis. The SLL alarm signifies that
the attenuation is too low. The SLL alarm will be raised under
the following conditions:
For spans without Raman Pump cards:
• If the End of Life (EOL)* span attenuation is defined to be
any value less than 12 dB, then the SLL alarm will be
raised if the span’s attenuation decreases to 2 dB or less.
• If the EOL span attenuation is defined to be greater or
equal to 12 dB, but less than 18 dB, then the SLL alarm
will be raised if the span’s attenuation decreases below
its EOL value by 6 dB or more.
• If the EOL span attenuation is defined to be greater or
equal to 18 dB, then the SLL alarm will be raised if the
span’s attenuation decreases below its EOL value by 10
dB or more.
For spans with Raman Pump cards:
• The SLL alarm will be raised if the span’s attenuation
decreases below its EOL value by 15 dB or more.
*The EOL attenuation value for each span is defined in the
NE Configuration File.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 59
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Via the craft terminal, check the reported attenuation for the span leading up to the
amplifier card raising the SLL alarm. If the span loss is too low, padding attenuation
must be added.
2 If no other cause can be found, the amplifier card may have a defect. Warm Start
the amplifier card raising the alarm. This may clear the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the amplifier card raising the alarm. If the alarm per-
sists, replace this amplifier card with a spare.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.55 SRMISS

Alarm name Shelf Missing (SRMISS)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Shelf
General information The SRMISS alarm will be raised if:
and causes
• a shelf specified by the NE Configuration File (NCF) or
manual configuration (for SON), is not installed.
• the "missing" shelf is actually installed, but the NE Con-
troller card cannot communicate with it.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If a shelf specified by the NE Configuration File is not installed, install it according to
the instructions in the Installation and Test Manual (ITMN).
2 If the "missing" shelf is actually correctly installed, verify that its Shelf ID is set as
specified in the Commissioning Report. If the "missing" shelf is equipped with a
CCSP (Shelf Controller card) verify that the inter-shelf LAN cable is properly con-
nected to this shelf. This will allow the NE Controller card (CCEP or CCMP) to com-
municate with the CCSP-equipped shelf and clear the SRMISS alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.56 SWP

Alarm name Switch Problem (SWP)


Default severity Major
Alarm object MCP card

60 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

General information The MCP card contains an on-board Optical Spectrum


and causes Analyzer (OSA). So, in order to monitor four input ports, the
card must switch to each port in sequence. The SWP alarm
indicates a problem with this switch. The operational state of
the MCP card is disabled when the SWP alarm is active.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Warm Start the card raising the SWP alarm. Sometimes, this allows a failed card to
recover. Note however, that the recovery is often only temporary. If the Warm Start
does not clear the alarm, Cold Start the card. If the Cold Start does not clear the
alarm, immediately replace the failed card with a spare.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.57 TD

Alarm name Transmit Degrade (TD)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Transponder Line port, Transponder Client port
General information The TD alarm will be raised if the laser current on the indi-
and causes cated port has risen above its BOL (Beginning of Life) value.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 The TD alarm serves as advance notice that a TF alarm may subsequently occur.
Immediate replacement of a component is not necessary, but the transmit conditions
should be monitored. Replacement of the relevant pluggable module (or possibly the
entire card) should probably be scheduled for the next convenient maintenance
period.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.58 TempM

Alarm name Temperature Problem (major) (TempM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The TempM alarm can be raised by:
• F40-1/S and F40-1/O cards
• F40V-1/S and F40V-1/O cards
• F40MR-1 card
• F08MR-1 card

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 61
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information The TempM alarm will be raised if a temperature anomaly


and causes exists on the indicated card (temperature too high or too low).
The operational state of the card is disabled when this alarm
is active.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the shelf containing the affected card has raised a FAN_MAJOR or FAN_MINOR
alarm, troubleshoot that alarm first.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the TempM alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Check the ambient tem-
perature around the shelf. It must be within the operating limits quoted in the official
SURPASS hiT 7300 product specifications. Verify that the air filter is not clogged.
4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm with a spare.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.59 TempMIN

Alarm name Temperature Problem (minor) (TempMIN)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The TempMIN alarm can be raised by:
• LALx, LASx, and LAMx cards
• F40MR-1 card
• F40V-1/S and F40V-1/O cards
• F08MR-1 card
• OPMDC card
General information The TempMIN alarm will be raised if a temperature anomaly
and causes exists on the indicated card (temperature too high or too low).
The operational state of the card remains enabled when this
alarm is active.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the shelf containing the affected card has raised a FAN_MAJOR or FAN_MINOR
alarm, troubleshoot that alarm first.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the TempMIN alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Check the ambient
temperature around the shelf. It must be within the operating limits quoted in the
official SURPASS hiT 7300 product specifications. Verify that the air filter is not
clogged.
4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.

62 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.60 TempP

Alarm name Temperature Problem (TempP)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object PRC-1 card and PL-1 card
General information The TempP alarm will be raised if a temperature anomaly is
and causes detcted on the indicated card. The card’s laser will be
switched off as a result of the TempP alarm.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the shelf containing the affected card has raised a FAN_MAJOR or FAN_MINOR
alarm, troubleshoot that alarm first.
2 If the TempP alarm persists, check the ambient temperature around the shelf. It
must be within the operating limits quoted in the official SURPASS hiT 7300 product
specifications. Verify that the air filter in the Fan Unit is not clogged.
3 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.61 TempP1

Alarm name Temperature Problem 1 (TempP1)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object The TempP1 alarm can be raised by all sub-types of LAL,
LAV, LAM, and LAS amplifier cards.
General information The TempP1 alarm will be raised if the temperature of Pump
and causes 1 on the indicated card is too high. Note: this alarm causes
the card to shut down its Pump1 amplifier stage.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the shelf containing the affected card has raised a FAN_MAJOR, or FAN_MINOR
alarm, troubleshoot that alarm first.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the TempP1 alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Check the ambient
temperature around the shelf. It must be within the operating limits quoted in the
official SURPASS hiT 7300 product specifications. Verify that the shelf’s air filter is
not clogged.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 63
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.62 TempP2

Alarm name Temperature Problem 2 (TempP2)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object All sub-types of LAL and LAV amplifier cards.
General information The TempP2 alarm will be raised if the temperature of Pump
and causes 2 on the indicated card is too high. Note: this alarm causes
the card to shut down its Pump2 amplifier stage.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the shelf containing the affected card has raised a FAN_MAJOR or FAN_MINOR
alarm, troubleshoot that alarm first.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the TempP2 alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site. Check the ambient
temperature around the shelf. It must be within the operating limits quoted in the
official SURPASS hiT 7300 product specifications. Verify that the shelf’s air filter is
not clogged.
4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.63 TF

Alarm name Transmit Fail (TF)


Default severity Critical
Alarm object Transponder Line port, Transponder Client port
General information A TF alarm will be raised if an internal fault on the card
and causes causes either of the following anomalies:
• the indicated port’s transmit laser is off when it should be
on.
• the indicated port emits optical power at a higher level
than the maximum output specification for that optical
interface type.

64 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Try to clear the alarm remotely first. Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, note the following behavior:
• “Client Mode” is set by the user on Transponder Card - Configuration windows.
• If a pluggable module that does not support the selected Client Mode is inserted
in a port, a TF alarm will sometimes be raised because the port is emitting optical
power that is too high. [The mismatch can be confirmed by opening this card’s
Card Label window. On the Port labels tab, check the read-only field named
Module application code. If module mismatch is displayed for any port, there
is a module mismatch condition on that port]. Resolve the mismatch condition to
clear the TF alarm. Exchange the pluggable module with a type that matches the
Client Mode setting, or change the Client Mode setting to match the pluggable
module.
• Once this situation has been fixed (or ruled out), proceed to step 3 if the alarm
persists.
3 For the port raising the alarm, replace the pluggable module with a spare of the
same type.
4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card with a spare. Transfer all pluggable modules
from the failed card to the new card.

WARNING!
!
For SON, SONF, and ONN network elements, Transponders that have an active
Transmit Fail alarm must be replaced without further delay, since laser safety is com-
promised in this condition.

6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.1.64 WRGSR

Alarm name Wrong shelf type (WRGSR)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Shelf

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 65
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information If an incorrect shelf type is added to an NE, it will be detected


and causes during startup and the WRGSR alarm will be raised to
indicate the mismatch.
An NE must always contain only the shelf type(s) allowed
for the NE type, as specified in the Installation Manual
(ITMN). In nearly all cases, an NE must contain only one
shelf type - either standard hiT 7300 shelves or Flatpack
shelves. It is not permitted to mix shelf types in the same
NE except in the following case. Standard shelves and
Flatpack shelves can be used together in SON NEs that
use MPBC equipment for long single-span applications.
However, in this case, the Flatpack shelf is permitted to
contain only DCM cards (plus the Controller card).
Since the shelf mismatch condition is detected at shelf
startup, the WRGSR alarm would typically be seen only
during the NE commissioning phase or if service staff has just
added new equipment to the NE.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Remove the incorrect shelf and install a shelf that is compatible with the NE type.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2 Communication alarms

3.2.1 BDI

Alarm name Backward Defect Indication (BDI)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The BDI alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Line ports (OTUk Sink)
• Transponder Line ports (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder Client ports (OTUk Sink)
• Transponder Client ports (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder TCM Layers (ODUk Sink)
General information BDI signals are maintenance signals placed on the line. BDI
and causes is a signal sent in the opposite direction to the direction that
is experiencing a fiber cut or other problem.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Since BDI is a maintenance signal that signifies downstream alarms, troubleshoot
and fix all alarms (especially LOS, LOF, or TIM) which have occurred downstream

66 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

of the card raising the BDI alarm. Clearing all downstream alarms should clear the
BDI alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.2 CHM

Alarm name Channel Mismatch (CHM)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Link Control: Optical Channel Layer.
General information The CHM alarm indicates that there is a mismatch in a
and causes channel status detected by the MCP card and the Optical
Supervisory Channel. Either the channel is provisioned as
used, but is not actually present, or the channel is provisioned
as unused, but is detected as being present.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Ensure that all channels are provisioned correctly (used or unused). Make changes
as necessary to reflect the actual deployment.
2 If the alarm persists, re-attempt the action (Manual Power Adjust or Enhanced Pre-
emphasis - Manual) that triggered the CHM alarm. A second attempt will most likely
work correctly and clear the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.3 CSF_LCS

Alarm name GFP Client Signal Fail - Loss of Character Synchronization


(CSF_LCS)
Default severity Major
Alarm object I05AD10G-1 card Line port GFP(P)_TT_Sk:
General information The CSF_LCS alarm indicates an error situation in the client
and causes egress direction, which is originally detected at the far end.
The loss of character synchronization is detected at the client
ingress direction at the far end and should also be indicated
there. So most troubleshooting actions should concentrate
on the far end.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If an CSF_LCS alarm occurs, system self-recovery to proper character synchroni-
zation is often achieved very quickly. If self-recovery occurs, no further action is nec-
essary. Otherwise, continue to step 2.
2 It is possible that the far-end client (non-Nokia Siemens) equipment is faulty and is
not supplying a properly-framed signal. Troubleshoot the client equipment for

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 67
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

problems according to the equipment manufacturer's instructions. If the alarm per-


sists, continue to step 3.
3 Warm Start the far-end transponder card. If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card.
If the alarm persists, Warm Start the corresponding near-end card. If the alarm per-
sists, Cold Start the near-end card. If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the
far-end site.
4 Once on site, disconnect the fiber at the Client In connector of the affected transpon-
der card. Clean all optical connectors and re-connect. If the CSF_LCS alarm per-
sists, replace the fiber cable with a cleaned, inspected spare.
5 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card. If the alarm persists, the card is defective. Replace the
affected card with a spare.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.4 CSF_LOS

Alarm name GFP Client Signal Fail - Loss of Signal (CSF_LOS)


Default severity Major
Alarm object I05AD10G-1 Line port GFP(P)_TT_Sk
General information The CSF_LOS alarm indicates an error situation in the client
and causes egress direction, which is originally detected at the far end.
The loss of signal is detected at the client ingress direction at
the far end and should also be indicated there. This alarm
indicates that the incoming client signal has been lost. This
alarm is basically equivalent to an EOCI (External Open Con-
nection Indication). So most troubleshooting actions should
concentrate on the far end.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Try to clear the alarm remotely first by Warm Starting the card raising the alarm. If
the CSF_LOS alarm persists, Warm Start the corresponding card at the far end. If
the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 The card at the far-end is likely raising a Client In LOS alarm. So, troubleshoot and
clear that alarm according to the Client In LOS instructions. Once the Client In LOS
alarm at the far-end is cleared, the CSF_LOS alarm at the near end should also
clear.
3 If the CSF_LOS alarm persists, Warm Start the near-end and far-end cards again.
4 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the CSF_LOS alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the CSF_LOS alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

68 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3.2.5 DEG

Alarm name Degraded Signal (DEG)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The DEG alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Line ports (OTUk Sink)
• Transponder Line ports (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder Client ports (OTUk Sink)
• Transponder Client ports (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder TCM Layers (ODUk Sink)
General information The DEG alarm is raised if the Bit Error Rate (after Forward
and causes Error Correction) of the received optical signal is worse than
a user-specified threshold.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Verify that the user-specified value for BER Degraded Threshold on the affected
card is set properly. Correct as necessary.
2 If the alarm does not clear, troubleshoot via the same instructions for the LOS alarm.
3 If the DEG alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.6 DEG-O

Alarm name Degraded Signal (OSC) (DEG-O)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The DEG-O alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• In-line amplifier and Pre-amplifier OTS Sink
General information An amplifier card will raise the DEG-O alarm if the Bit Error
and causes rate (BER) of the incoming Optical Supervisory Channel is 1
x 10E-6 or worse.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 First, troubleshoot and fix any upstream alarms. Problems with an upstream ampli-
fier that interfere with proper transmission of the Optical Supervisory Channel can
cause an DEG-O alarm. Check especially for an OSCTD or CP alarm raised by an
upstream amplifier.
2 If the DEG-O alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 69
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

3.2.7 DOPFail

Alarm name Degree of Polarization Failure (DOPFail)


Default severity Major
Alarm object OPMDC-1 card
General information The DOPFail alarm will be raised if the measured Degree of
and causes Polarization is lower than the user-designated threshold.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Open the Traffic Configuration - Source window for the OPMDC card raising the
alarm. Check the value displayed in the DOP Threshold field. Is the value as spec-
ified by TransNet?
• No: correct the value, then click Apply. Go to step 2.
• Yes: Warm Start the card raising the alarm. Go to step 2.
2 If the alarm persists, the card is defective. Replace the OPMDC card with a spare.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.8 DRM

Alarm name GFP Data Rate Mismatch (DRM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object I05AD10G-1 card ODU2P/GFP_A_Sink
General information A CDR (Channel Data Rate) field is inserted by the
and causes ODU2P/GFP_A_Source function. This field reports the data
rate of the client signal configured for the respective channel.
The CDR is extracted from the header of the incoming signal
and compared with the expected data rate of the same
channel in the ODU2P/GFP_A_Sink function. If the received
and expected data rates do not match, the DRM alarm will be
raised (individually per GFP-T channel). In addition to raising
the alarm, the following will occur:
• If the received CDR value is higher than the expected
value, all frames of that channel are discarded in order
not to affect the remaining traffic.
• If the received CDR value is lower than the configured
value, no frames are discarded.

70 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear any upstream alarms first. If the DRM alarm persists,
continue to step 2.
2 Verify that the client mode is set properly for all channels raising the DRM alarm. In
addition, verify that the Tx line interface of the card at the head end is connected to
the line properly.
3 Then, if necessary to restore traffic, Warm Start the card raising the DRM alarm. If
the Warm Start does not restore traffic, Cold Start the card.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.9 EOCI

Alarm name External Open Connection Indication (EOCI)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The EOCI alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client ports (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder Ethernet Client ports (10GE Sink)
• Transponder Ethernet Client ports (ODU1/ETC3 Sink)
• Transponder Fibre Channel Client ports (ODU1P/FC-2
Sink)
General information EOCI (External Open Connection Indication) is a special
and causes maintenance signal which indicates an upstream fault (i.e.,
LOS) in the physical layer (ETYm, OSn, or FC-0-n) at the
head end.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 EOCI indicates an open connection at the signal source end. There will be a Client
LOS alarm at the source end. Troubleshoot and clear the Client LOS alarm to clear
the EOCI alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.10 EXC-O

Alarm name Excessive Bit Error Ratio (OSC) (EXC-O)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The EXC-O alarm can be raised on the following objects:
• In-line Amplifier and Pre-amplifier OTS Sink
General information An amplifier card will raise the EXC-O alarm if the Bit Error
and causes rate (BER) of the incoming Optical Supervisory Channel is 1
x 10E-3 or worse.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 71
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot an EXC-O alarm via the same instructions for a DEG-O alarm.
2 If the EXC-O alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.11 EXM

Alarm name GFP Extension Header Mismatch (EXM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The EXM alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder/Muxponder SDH/SONET Client port.
• Transponder/Muxponder Ethernet Client port.
• Transponder/Muxponder Fibre Channel Client port.
General information The EXM alarm is raised due to a mismatch between the
and causes received and expected values for the Generic Framing Pro-
cedure (GFP) payload Extension Header Identifier (EXI) field.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the EXM alarm with the same instructions for the LFD alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.12 ITIM

Alarm name Internal Trace Identifier Mismatch (ITIM)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Amplifier card OTS Layer Sink
General information To verify correct cabling between line amplifier cards,
and causes Transnet creates an “expected” and a “transmitted” 2-byte
number for every line amplifier card. Each transmitted
number is unique. Booster amplifiers send these trace bytes
via the OSC to the next far end NE. The far-end preamplifier
reads the trace bytes. If the “expected” bytes do not match
those actually received, the ITIM alarm will be raised.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Correct the cabling error.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.13 LCK

72 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Alarm name Locked Defect (LCK)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The LCK alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder/Muxponder Line ports in the sink direction
(ODUk Sink)
• Transponder/Muxponder Client ports in the sink direction
(ODUk Sink)
• Transponder/Muxponder TCM layers on line ports in the
sink direction (ODUkT Sink)
• Transponder TCM layers Client ports in the sink direction
(ODUkT Sink)
General information LCK is a special ODUk maintenance signal specified in ITU
and causes G.709. LCK is typically invoked to lock the signal from user
access while, for example, performing set-up tests. The
ODUk, ODUk-TCM and OPUk overhead bytes and the whole
payload are overwritten with the LCK pattern (binary
01010101). The LCK signal is therefore always traffic-affect-
ing.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 There is no spontaneous fault that causes the LCK signal. Insertion of LCK is gen-
erated via user command. To remove the LCK signal, the parameter must set to
unlocked in the upstream transponder card.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.14 LFD

Alarm name GFP Loss of Frame Delineation (LFD)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LFD alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder/Muxponder SDH/SONET Client port
• Transponder/Muxponder Ethernet Client port
• Transponder/Muxponder Fibre Channel port
General information The Generic Framing Procedure (GFP) frame alignment is
and causes not detected by the card raising the LFD alarm.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear any other raised alarms first (especially any LOS or LOF
alarms).
2 If the LFD alarm persists, the problem is with the upstream transponder. Verify that
it is configured for GbE or Fibre Channel traffic, as appropriate. Correct as neces-
sary.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 73
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

3 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the upstream transponder card.
5 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the upstream transponder card.
7 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
8 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.15 LOCL

Alarm name Loss of Clock Lock (LOCL)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Transponder and Muxponder card client interface in the
receive direction.
General information The LOCL alarm is raised if the card’s phase-locked loop
and causes (PLL) loses lock for 100 msec or more.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Often the LOCL condition is only temporary. Wait a short time and see if the alarm
clears by itself.
2 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site and replace the card raising the
alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.16 LOF

Alarm name Loss of Frame (LOF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LOF alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Line port (OCh/OTUk Sink)
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client port (ODUk/RSj Sink)
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client port (OS16/OS64 Sink)
• Transponder Client port (OChr/OTUk Sink)

74 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

General information An LOF alarm is raised if a Loss of Frame condition is


and causes detected in the incoming signal. Typical causes of an LOF
alarm are as follows:
• low signal-to-noise-ratio (low input signal optical power;
high noise in the line, or damaged/dirty optical compo-
nents).
• severely distorted signal (input signal with high impair-
ments such as dispersion, or non-linear effects).
• Wrong signal format (mapping of an input signal that is
not accepted by Nokia Siemens Networks transponder
cards).
• In rare cases, the LOF alarm indicates a receiver perma-
nently damaged by an overpower condition. See step 1
below.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 In rare cases, the LOF alarm indicates a receiver permanently damaged by an over-
power condition, caused by using the card in an incorrectly configured system. This
can occur only with high-sensitivity (APD) receivers like those used in Metro tran-
sponders.
An overpower condition should never occur in a properly configured system or in a
system that already successfully carried traffic. But, check the following:
For the card raising the LOF alarm, open its “Traffic Config” window (Line or Client
as applicable) for the interface raising the LOF alarm. Check the value displayed for
Optical Input Power. If the displayed value is unreasonably high and/or the displayed
value does not vary even when the input power is changed, then it is likely that the
receiver has been damaged. Do all the above conditions apply?
• No: go to step 2.
• Yes: A damaged receiver is a fatal error. The entire card must be replaced with
a spare (or if the interface raising the alarm contains an SFP or XFP module,
only the module needs to be replaced). But first, whatever system problem is
causing the optical input overpower must be fixed to prevent the replace-
ment card/module from immediately suffering the same damage!
2 If an LOF alarm occurs, system self-recovery to proper signal framing is often
achieved very quickly. If self-recovery occurs, no further action is necessary. If the
alarm persists, continue to step 3.
3 Which interface is raising the LOF alarm?
• Transponder Line port: Warm Start the corresponding upstream Transponder. If
the alarm persists, Cold Start the upstream card. If the alarm persists, go to step
4.
• Transponder Client port (Client to Line direction): It is possible that the client
(non-Nokia Siemens Networks) equipment is faulty and is not supplying a
properly-framed SONET/SDH signal. Troubleshoot the client equipment for
problems according to the equipment manufacturer's instructions. If the alarm
persists, go to step 4.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 75
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

☞ Note that an LOF alarm on the OTU layer will occur if it is attempted to
combine standard FEC (e.g., any standard OTU2 client) with enhanced FEC
(i.e., an I01T10G line). Connecting such interfaces is not supported.
☞ Note that an LOF alarm at Client In for XFP interfaces suppresses a TF
alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the LOF alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, dispatch service personnel to the site of the card raising the
alarm. If the Line port raised the LOF alarm, disconnect the Line In fiber from the
affected Transponder and clean the connectors. If the Client In port raised the LOF
alarm, disconnect the Client In fiber from the affected Transponder and clean the
connectors. Re-connect the fiber.
7 If the alarm persists, replace the pluggable modules (SFP or XFP) on the port raising
alarm (line port or client port).
8 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm. Transfer all pluggable
modules to the new card.
9 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.17 LOF-egress

Alarm name Loss of Frame (egress) (LOF-egress)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LOF-egress alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Client Out port [incoming (ingress) signal
from the Line mapped to the outgoing (egress) signal
exiting the SDH/SONET Client Out port].
General information An LOF-egress alarm is generated from a LOF defect
and causes detected by the mapping of ingress line port signal to the
egress direction of a SDH/SONET Client Out port.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If an LOF-egress alarm occurs, system self-recovery to proper signal framing is
often achieved very quickly. If self-recovery occurs, no further action is necessary.
If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 If the alarm persists, troubleshoot and clear any alarms raised by the corresponding
upstream Transponder card (especially Client In LOS or LOF).
3 It is possible that the client (non-Nokia Siemens Networks) equipment is faulty and
is not supplying a properly-framed SONET/SDH signal. Troubleshoot the client
equipment for problems according to the equipment manufacturer's instructions. If
the alarm persists, go to step 4.

76 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

4 If the LOF-egress alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, replace the card
with a spare.
5 If the LOF-egress alarm persists, replace the upstream Transponder card with a
spare.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.18 LOFLOM

Alarm name Loss of Frame and Multiframe (LOFLOM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LOM alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Muxponder Line port (ODU Sink)
General information An LOFLOM alarm is raised if a Loss of Frame and a Loss of
and causes Multiframe condition are both detected in the incoming signal.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If an LOFLOM alarm occurs, system self-recovery to proper signal framing is often
achieved very quickly. If self-recovery occurs, no further action is necessary. If the
alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Troubleshoot and clear any alarm raised by the corresponding upstream Transpon-
der first (especially Client In LOS or LOF).
3 If the alarm persists, warm start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, cold
start the card raising the alarm.
4 If the alarm persists, dispatch service personnel to the site of the card raising the
alarm. Disconnect the fiber at the In connector of the affected Transponder card.
Clean all optical connectors and re-connect. If the LOFLOM alarm persists, replace
the fiber cable.
5 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.19 LOF-O

Alarm name Loss of Frame (OSC) (LOF-O)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LOF-O alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• In-line Amplifier and Pre-amplifier OTS Sink
• Pre-amplifier OMS Sink

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 77
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information An amplifier card will raise the LOF-O alarm if it can no longer
and causes detect the proper frame structure of the incoming Optical
Supervisory Channel.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the LOF-O alarm via the same instructions for the DEG-O alarm.

3.2.20 LOM

Alarm name Loss of Multiframe (LOM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LOM alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Line port (OCh/OTUk Sink)
• Transponder Client port (OCh/OTUk Sink)
General information An LOM alarm is raised if a Loss of Multiframe condition is
and causes detected in the incoming signal. Also, if an FEC-enabled
signal is expected, but an FEC-disabled signal is actually
received, the LOM alarm will be raised.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If an LOM alarm occurs, system self-recovery to proper signal framing is often
achieved very quickly. If self-recovery occurs, no further action is necessary. If the
alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Since LOM on the OTU layer may occur if an FEC-enabled signal is expected, but
an FEC-disabled signal is actually received, ensure consistent configuration of FEC
between OTUk interfaces. If the alarm persists, continue to step 3.
3 Troubleshoot and clear any alarm raised by the corresponding upstream Transpon-
der first (especially Client In LOS or LOF).
4 If the alarm persists, warm start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, cold
start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, dispatch service personnel to the site of the card raising the
alarm. Disconnect the fiber at the In connector of the affected Transponder card.
Clean all optical connectors and re-connect. If LOM alarm persists, replace the fiber
cable.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
7 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.21 LOS

Alarm name Loss of Signal (LOS)


Default severity Major

78 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Alarm object The LOS alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Client In port.
• Amplifier Line In port (OTS Sink).
General information An LOS alarm will be raised if the incoming signal power at
and causes the indicated interface falls below the LOS threshold. For
Transponders, LOS detection of the Client In signal is a built-
in feature of the SFP/XFP modules. For Amplifier cards, LOS
is raised if there is both of the following conditions exist simul-
taneously: loss of payload (LOS-P) and loss of Optical Super-
visory Channel (LOS-O).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear any upstream alarms first. If the alarm persists, continue to
step 2.

☞ Note that an LOS alarm at Client In for XFP interfaces suppresses a TF alarm.
☞ Note the following behavior when protection-switch cards (O02CSP-1 or
O03CP-1) are used. If the protection-switch card has a loss-of-signal condition
at a Client In port (the input to its working/protection splitter), obviously no signal
will be output on the working or protection output ports. But, there is no down-
stream LOS alarm suppression in this case. An LOS alarm will be raised by the
working and protection traffic cards connected to the protection switch card. So,
if a card raising an LOS alarm is connected to an O02CSP-1 or O03CP-1 card,
the problem could be with the fiber connected to the card raising the alarm, or
the problem could be further upstream at the Client In port of the protection-
switch card.
2 Which interface is raising the LOS alarm?
• Transponder Client In interface: go to step 3.
• Amplifier Line In interface: use the troubleshooting instructions for the LOS-P
alarm.
3 There may be missing or loose connections at the Client input to the affected card.
Verify that the Client input fiber is properly installed. If the cable was missing,
bent/pinched, or improperly connected, correct the problem. The LOS alarm should
clear when the correct connection is established
4 If the alarm persists, disconnect the fiber at the Client In port of the affected card.
Clean all optical connectors. Measure the optical power of the signal being carried
by this fiber. Is the measured power higher or lower than the Client In LOS thresh-
old?
• Lower than the threshold: assuming upstream conditions are OK, the fiber con-
nected to the Transponder card is likely bad. Replace the fiber. Measure the
power before connecting the fiber to the Client In port. If the power is higher than
the LOS threshold, connect the fiber to the Client In port. The LOS alarm should
clear within 15 seconds.
• Higher than the threshold: Re-connect the fiber to the card raising the Client In
LOS alarm. The LOS alarm should clear within 15 seconds. If it does not clear,
go to step 5.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 79
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

5 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
7 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm. See Transponder replace-
ment instructions in chapter 4.17.
8 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.22 LOS-O

Alarm name Loss of Signal (OSC) (LOS-OSC)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LOS-O alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• In-line Amplifier and Pre-amplifier OTS Sink
General information A card will raise the LOS-O alarm if it can no longer detect the
and causes incoming Optical Supervisory Channel. Note: when the OSC
is lost, the link control mechanism goes to a "best effort" state
in order to maintain service. Consequently, an LOS-O condi-
tion must be fixed as soon as possible.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the LOS-O alarm via the same instructions for the LOS-P alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.23 LOS-P

Alarm name Loss of Signal (Payload) (LOS-P)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The LOS-P alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Amplifier Line port (OTS Sink and OMS Sink)
• Transponder Line port (OCh Sink)
• F40MP, F40VMP, and F09MDRT card input ports (OCh
Sink)
• O02CSP-1 card Client In port
• OPMDC-1 card input port
General information The LOS-P alarm is raised if the indicated interface detects a
and causes loss of signal, but the Optical Supervisory Channel is still
working.

80 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear any upstream alarms first. If the LOS-P alarm persists,
continue to step 2.
2 On the craft terminal’s NE Configuration window, there is a checkbox named
“Optical Channel LOS Declared by LOF”. Enabling this checkbox causes a Loss of
Frame (LOF) condition to be reported as Loss of Signal (LOS-P). Is this checkbox
enabled?
• Yes, checkbox is enabled: the LOS-P alarm could be caused by a Loss of
Frame condition. Temporarily disable the checkbox. Does the LOS-P alarm
clear?
– Yes, LOS-P alarm clears: this proves that a Loss of Frame condition was
causing the LOS-P alarm. Therefore, re-enable the checkbox, go to the trou-
bleshooting instructions for the LOF alarm and use those instructions to
clear the LOS-P.
– No, LOS-P alarm remains raised: the LOS-P alarm is truly indicating a
Loss of Signal condition. Re-enable the checkbox and continue to step 3.
• No, checkbox is not enabled: the LOS-P alarm is truly indicating a Loss of
Signal condition. Continue to step 3.
☞ Operating tip for the “Optical Channel LOS Declared by LOF” checkbox: verify
that the checkbox is really supposed to be enabled. This checkbox should be
enabled only under very specific circumstances when hiT 7300 equipment is
interworking with third-party equipment from MPB Communications). Disable
the checkbox if it was erroneously enabled.
3 There may be missing or loose connections at the Line input to the affected card.
Verify that the Line input fiber is properly installed. If the cable was missing,
bent/pinched, or improperly connected, correct the problem. The LOS-P alarm
should clear when the correct connection is established.
4 If the alarm persists, disconnect the fiber at the Line In port of the affected card.
Clean all optical connectors, then re-connect the fiber. The LOS-P alarm should
clear within 15 seconds. If it does not clear, continue to step 4.
5 If the alarm persists, Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
7 f the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
8 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support. There may
be an outside plant fiber break causing the LOS-P alarm. Once the fiber break is
repaired, the alarm should clear. After a fiber break is repaired, re-check the
Span Loss as described in the hiT 7300 Optical Link Commissioning (OLC)
Manual. If the span loss has significantly increased, it will be necessary to
perform a link shutdown (see the hiT 7300 Operating Manual (OMN). Then
perform a new Link Startup as described in the OLC Manual.

3.2.24 LSM

Alarm name Link State Mismatch (LSM)

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 81
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Default severity Major


Alarm object Amplifier card OMS Layer Sink
General information A mismatch has been detected in the link state, i.e., the link
and causes state “running” received at the OSC does not match the link
state “prestart” as configured by link control.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Call your next higher level of technical support. It may be necessary to re-start the
entire link.

3.2.25 LSS

Alarm name Loss of PRBS Lock (LSS)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The LSS alarm can be raised by:
• I01T10G-1 and I05AD10G-1: ODU2P PRBS Sink
• I08T10G: ODU1P PRBS Sink
• I01T40G-1: ODU3P PRBS Sink
• I04T40G-1: ODU2P PRBS Sink
General information The above-mentioned transponder cards support generation
and causes and detection of a PRBS (Pseudo-Random Bit Sequence)
signal for test purposes. The LSS alarm will be raised if the
indicated card does not detect the PRBS. For testing, the
typical procedure is to provision a transponder at one end of
a link to send a PRBS signal in the ODUk payload. The
matching receive transponder at the other end of the link is
provisioned to detect the PRBS signal. If the PRBS is not
detected at the receive end, the cause is likely incorrect cable
connections, high bit errors on the line, or incorrect PRBS
provisioning.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Verify that the two transponder cards under test have the correct PRBS settings.
One card must be set to PRBS Source and the other card must be set to PRBS Sink.
When set correctly, the test should work and the LSS alarm will clear.
2 If the alarm persists, verify that there has not been a cabling mistake. Check the end-
to-end path connections via the ODU TTI (Trail Trace Identifier) feature for the two
cards under test. If the transmitted and received TTI strings do not match, then there
is a cabling mistake somewhere. Correct the cabling error and re-test. The LSS
alarm should clear.
3 If this does not clear the alarm, the problem may be due to a high bit error rate on
the line. Follow the troubleshooting procedure for the LOS alarm and/or the DEG
alarm..
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

82 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3.2.26 LTC

Alarm name Loss of Tandem Connection (LTC)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The LTC alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder TCM Layers
General information LTC functions according to ITU G.798. The LTC alarm is
and causes raised if the Tandem Connection Monitoring (TCM) sink is
configured, but the TCM source is not configured.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Typically, the LTC alarm will be raised if TCM sink and source are set-up in an incor-
rect sequence. Complete instructions for setting-up TCMs appear in the hiT 7300
Operating Manual (OMN). Configure TCMs only in the sequence described in the
OMN. When a TCM’s source and sink are properly configured, the LTC alarm will
clear.
☞ Important points for I04T2G5-1 transponder cards:
• f the transponders at both ends use GbE/SDH clients, TCM is NOT recom-
mended since enabling TCM will cause temporary traffic loss. Use manage-
ment by regular ODU Path termination instead.
• If one end (A) is a GbE/SDH client, and the other end (B) is an OTU client,
configure TCMs in the following sequence: Source at B, then Sink at A, then
Sink at B.
• If both ends are OTU or FC client, configure the TCM source at one end (A),
then the sink at other end (B), then the source at B, then the sink at A.
• To monitor the tandem connection at an intermediate point (which, conse-
quently must be an OTU client), take the value MONITORED for the corre-
sponding sink, and TRANSPARENT for the source.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.27 MSIM

Alarm name Multiplex Structure Identifier Mismatch (MSIM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The MSIM alarm can be raised by:
• I08T10G-1 card: ODU2 layer
• I04T40G-1 card: ODU3 layer
General information The MSIM alarm will be raised if the MSI fields do not indicate
and causes a multiplex structure that is correct for the card type raising
the alarm. This may occur if the transmitting transponder at
the far end is an older hiT 7300 transponder.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 83
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Upgrade the far-end hiT 7300 transponder card to a version which inserts the correct
MSI.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.28 NFR

Alarm name GFP No Frames Received (NFR)


Default severity Major
Alarm object I05AD10G-1 card Line Port (GFP_TT_Sink):
General information The NFR alarm will be raised (per GFP-T channel) if no frame
and causes is received for the channel within a period equivalent to the
time required to transmit 20 frames of the corresponding
client signal type. The alarm will be cleared when a new
frame is received for the respective channel.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If an NFR alarm occurs, system self-recovery to proper signal framing is often
achieved very quickly. If self-recovery occurs, no further action is necessary. Other-
wise, continue to step 2.
2 Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card. If
the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site.
3 Once on site, disconnect the fiber at the Line In connector of the affected transpon-
der card. Clean all optical connectors and re-connect. If the NFR alarm persists,
replace the fiber cable with a cleaned, inspected spare.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card. If the alarm persists, the card is defective. Replace the
affected card with a spare.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.29 OCI

Alarm name Open Connection Indication (OCI)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The OCI alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Line Port (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder Client Port (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder TCM Layers (ODUk Sink)

84 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

General information Open Connection Indication (OCI) is monitored at the ODUk


and causes layer. Detection of OCI signifies that there is a Loss of Signal
defect due to an output connection point not connected to an
input connection point.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Ensure correct configuration of ODUk connections in upstream NEs.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.30 OOS

Alarm name GFP Frames Out Of Sequence (OOS)


Default severity Major
Alarm object I05AD10G-1 card Line port (GFP_TT_Sink function):
General information In the sink direction, the GFP Frame Sequence is extracted
and causes and used to detect missing GFP-T frames (monitoring is done
per GFP-T channel). If there is a mismatch between the
expected value of the GFP Frame Sequence and the
received value, the OOS alarm will be raised.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If an OOS alarm occurs, system self-recovery to proper signal framing is often
achieved very quickly. If self-recovery occurs, no further action is necessary. Other-
wise, continue to step 2.
2 Try to clear the alarm remotely first. Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the
alarm persists, Cold Start the card. If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the
site.
3 Once on site, disconnect the fiber at the Line In connector of the affected transpon-
der card. Clean all optical connectors and re-connect. If the OOS alarm persists,
replace the fiber cable with a cleaned, inspected spare.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, Cold Start the card. If the alarm persists, the card is defective. Replace the
affected card with a spare.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.31 OPR

Alarm name Optical Power Received Too Low (OPR)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The OPR alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder Line Port (OCh Sink)

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 85
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information A transponder card will raise the OPR alarm if the incoming
and causes signal power at the line interface falls below the alarm thresh-
old. OPR is intended to be a "degraded signal" alarm thresh-
old that is reached before the more serious LOS threshold is
reached.
Important Note The OPR raise and clear time is 100 seconds. So, after each
troubleshooting step, wait at least 100 seconds to see if the
alarm clears.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear any upstream alarms first. If the alarm persists, Warm Start
the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, dispatch personnel to the site.
2 There may be missing or loose connections at the Line input to the affected card.
Verify that the Line input fiber is properly installed. If the cable was missing,
bent/pinched, or improperly connected, correct the problem. The OPR alarm should
clear when the correct connection is established.
3 If the alarm persists, disconnect the fiber at the Line In port of the affected card.
Clean all optical connectors, then re-connect the fiber. The OPR alarm should clear
within 15 seconds. If it does not clear, continue to step 4.
4 If the alarm persists, try another Warm Start the card raising the alarm.
5 If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
6 If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.
7 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.32 PESF

Alarm name Preemphasis Section Fail (PESF)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Link Control: Preemphasis Section Layer.
General information The PESF alarm indicates that 10 consecutive power preem-
and causes phasis routines have failed. This could be due to a faulty MCP
card, a faulty CCEP card, or a DCN communications failure.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 When NEs are using Released Service Provisioning mode, the user can change the
pre-emphasis mode from “pre-calculated” to “automatic”. If this is done (and the
required new MCP card is installed in the head end node, software will wait for a pre-
emphasis measurement from the tail end. After 10 cycles (10 x 5 minutes), if the tail
end MCP has not been installed yet, the PESF alarm will be raised. This is expected
behavior since 10 consecutive pre-emphasis routines have failed due to the missing

86 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

MCP card. To clear the alarm, install an MCP card in the tail end node. For all other
scenarios, proceed to step 2.
2 Troubleshoot and clear any other alarms first, especially alarms raised by amplifier,
CCEP, or MCP cards.
3 If the PESF alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support. There
may be a problem with the DCN.

3.2.33 PHF

Alarm name Power Too High Failure (PHF)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The PHF alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client Port (OS Sink)
• Transponder OTU Client Port
• Transponder 10G Ethernet Client port (ETY4 Sink)
• Transponder 1G Ethernet Client port (ETY3 Sink)
• Transponder Fibre Channel Client port
• MCP card input ports
• F40MR-1 card input ports
General information The PHF alarm will be raised if the optical power of the input
and causes signal at the indicated port is above the user-specified PHF
threshold.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Was a Channel Upgrade (addition of new channels) or a Channel Downgrade
(removal of existing channels) recently performed and the MCP card is raising the
PHF alarm?
• Yes: Channel Upgrades or Channel Downgrades can cause significant changes
to the monitored spectrum, whereby a PHF alarm is an expected result. There
is no actual fault in the system, but it is necessary to take new power reference
values. Wait 30 minutes after the Channel Upgrade/Downgrade, then open
the MCP card’s “Channel Monitoring” window. Click the “Take Power Reference
Values” button. Once the new reference values are captured, the PHF alarm will
clear. If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.
• No: go to step 2.
2 Verify that the relevant user-configurable PHF threshold is set to the proper value.
If set incorrectly, set it to the proper value.
3 If the PHF alarm persists, the signal power entering the card is too high. Check the
output power of the upstream equipment. If the power is too high, lower the equip-
ment’s output power (or, insert an attenuation fiber to lower the signal level into the
transponder card). This should clear the alarm.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 87
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support before pro-
ceeding. Warm start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, cold start the
card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.

3.2.34 PLF

Alarm name Power Too Low Failure (PLF)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The PLF alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client Port (OS Sink).
• Transponder OTU Client Port
• Transponder 10G Ethernet Client port (ETY4 Sink)
• Transponder 1G Ethernet Client port (ETY3 Sink)
• Transponder Fibre Channel Client port
• MCP card input ports
• F40MR card input ports
• OPMDC card input and output port
General information The PLF alarm will be raised if the optical signal power at the
and causes indicated port is below the user-specified PLF threshold.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Was a Channel Upgrade (addition of new channels) or a Channel Downgrade
(removal of existing channels) recently performed and the MCP card is raising the
PLF alarm?
• Yes: Channel Upgrades or Channel Downgrades can cause significant changes
to the monitored spectrum, whereby a PLF alarm is an expected result. There is
no actual fault in the system, but it is necessary to take new power reference
values. Wait 30 minutes after the Channel Upgrade/Downgrade, then open
the MCP card’s “Channel Monitoring” window. Click the “Take Power Reference
Values” button. Once the new reference values are captured, the PLF alarm will
clear. If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.
• No: go to step 2.
2 Verify that the user-configurable PLF threshold is set to the proper value. If set incor-
rectly, set it to the proper value.
3 If the PLF alarm persists, the signal power entering the card from the upstream
equipment is too low. Disconnect fiber and measure the power at the output port of
the upstream equipment. If it is too low, increase the output power. If the power is
OK, the problem is between the upstream equipment and the card raising the alarm
(bad fiber or dirty connectors). Clean all connectors and re-attach the fiber. If the
alarm persists, replace the fiber cable with a spare.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support before pro-
ceeding. Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, Cold Start the
card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, replace the card raising the alarm.

88 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3.2.35 PLM

Alarm name Payload Mismatch (PLM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The PLM alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client port (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder Ethernet Client port (ODU2 Sink)
• Transponder Ethernet Client port (ODU1/ETC3 Sink)
• ODU2P/ODU1 in the muxponder if the received ODU2 is
not ODU1-structured.
• ODU3P/ODU2 in the muxponder if the received ODU3 is
not ODU2-structured.
General information A channel traversing the optical path must use the same tran-
and causes sponder card type and Client signal type at each end. If both
ends do not match, the PLM alarm will be raised at the
receive end.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Ensure that identical transponder card types are used at both ends of the affected
channel’s optical path and that both cards are configured for the same Client type.
In addition, verify that the Tx line interface of the transponder card at the head end
is connected to the line properly.
2 Then, if necessary to restore traffic, execute a warm start of the card(s) raising the
PLM alarm. If the warm start does not restore traffic, execute a cold start.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.36 SSF

Alarm name Server Signal Fail (SSF)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Transponder cards and amplifier cards
General information The SSF alarm indicates a signal failure on a server layer.
and causes The signal failure could be on the card raising the SSF alarm,
or on another upstream card.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 An SSF alarm always results from some other alarm (e.g., LOF, LOM, PLM,
SYNCF). For transponder cards, clear all other alarms on the client ports or
upstream of this card’s client ports. For amplifier cards, clear all other alarms on the
line port or upstream of this card’s line port.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 89
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

g Background information about SSF: The principle of SSF (an alarm name
defined by ITU-T) is very similar to an Alarm Indication Signal (AIS). The word
"Server" in "Server Signal Fail" refers to lower transport server layers. If a layer
receives SSF, it is not considered to be service affecting because the layer that
inserted the SSF will have already reported the root-cause problem (incoming
signal problem or equipment problem) as a service-affecting alarm.

3.2.37 SSF-egress

Alarm name Server Signal Fail (egress) (SSF-egress)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Transponder cards
General information An SSF-egress alarm is raised due to a signal failure on a
and causes server layer on the Line that is mapped to the Client (egress)
SDH/SONET or Ethernet port.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot and clear all other alarms on the transponder card’s line port or
upstream of this card’s line port. Once cleared, the SSF-egress should also clear.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.38 SSF-O

Alarm name Server Signal Fail (OSC) (SSF-O)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Amplifier card line ports
General information The SSF-O alarm indicates an SSF condition that affects the
and causes Optical Supervisory Channel, but not the payload. The fault
could be on the card raising the SSF alarm, or on another
upstream card.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the SSF-O alarm via the same instructions for the SSF alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.39 SSF-P

Alarm name Server Signal Fail (payload) (SSF-P)


Default severity Minor

90 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Alarm object Amplifier card line ports


General information The SSF-P alarm indicates an SSF condition that affects the
and causes payload, but not the Optical Supervisory Channel. The fault
could be on the card raising the SSF alarm, or on another
upstream card.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the SSF-O alarm via the same instructions for the SSF alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.40 SSF-prot

Alarm name Server Signal Fail (protection) (SSF-prot)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Transponder cards
General information The SSF-prot alarm is raised due to an SSF condition on the
and causes signal after the protection switch. If there is no operator
command on the protection switch, SSF-prot will occur if both
the working and protection line fail.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the SSF-prot alarm via the same instructions for the SSF alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.41 SYNCF

Alarm name Synchronization Failure (SYNCF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Ethernet and Fibre Channel client signals of transponder,
muxponder and Carrier Ethernet (I22CE10G-1) cards.
General information Ethernet or Fibre Channel synchronization failure in Client-to-
and causes Line direction.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 The problem is with the Ethernet router at the NE raising the alarm. It is not supplying
a valid Ethernet signal to the indicated client port. Correct the problem with the
router.
☞ For I04T40G cards, netlists from hiT 7300 Release 4.30 and 4.30.01 are not
compatible with earlier hiT 7300 netlists (Release 4.25 or earlier). So, if the
SYNCF alarm is raised by an I04T40G card, check whether the netlists on this
card and the corresponding upstream card are the same release. If the netlists

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 91
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

on the two cards are incompatible, the SYNCF alarm will be raised. To clear the
alarm, the netlists on the two cards must be upgraded to match. Cold start both
cards (the I04T40G raising the SYNCF alarm, and the corresponding card
at the other end of the link). This is traffic-affecting! This will upgrade the
netlists and clear the SYNCF alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.42 SYNCF-egress

Alarm name Synchronization Failure (egress) (SYNCF-egress)


Default severity Major
Alarm object The SYNCF-egress alarm can be raised by the following
objects:
• Transponder Ethernet and Fibre Channel Client port
General information The SYNCF-egress alarm is generated from a SYNCF defect
and causes detected by the mapping of the ingress line port signal to the
egress direction of a directly-mapped 1G or 10G Ethernet or
Fibre Channel client port.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 The problem is with the router at other end.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.43 TCLL

Alarm name TDC Control Loop Limit (TCLL)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object 40G cards (I01T40G, I01R40G, and I04T40G) Optical
Channel
General information The TCLL alarm is raised if the card’s TDC control loop
and causes reaches the upper or lower limit of its range (+/- 700 ps/nm).
Such a condition indicates that traffic loss may soon
occur since dispersion present on the line may no longer
be adequately compensated.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Try to clear the alarm remotely first. Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the
alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Open the Line Traffic-Config window for the card raising the alarm. Click the Optical
Channel tab. Verify that the TDC Value field reads near the upper or lower limit (+/-
700 ps/nm). Then, check the same field for other 40G cards serving neighboring

92 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

channels. Is the TDC value near its upper or lower limit for the neighboring chan-
nels?
• Yes: the problem is with the transmission line. Something caused the dispersion
to increase.
• No: the card reporting the TCLL alarm is probably defective. Dispatch personnel
to the site and continue to step 3.
3 Verify that all fibers are connected properly to the card raising the alarm. If the alarm
persists, contact your next higher level of technical support before proceeding since
the following actions are traffic-affecting. Disconnect all fibers from the card and
clean fiber ends and connectors. Re-connect the fibers. If the alarm persists, replace
the defective card with a spare.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.44 TIM

Alarm name Trace Identifier Mismatch (TIM)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The TIM alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Amplifier Line In port (OTS Sink)
• Transponder/Muxponder Line In port (OTUk Sink)
• Transponder/Muxponder Line In port (ODUk Sink)
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client port (RS ingress)
• Transponder/Muxponder Client In port (OTUk Sink)
• Transponder/Muxponder Client In port (ODUkP Sink)
• Transponder/Muxponder TCM Line In port (ODUkT Sink)
• Transponder TCM Client In port (ODUkT Sink)
General information The TIM alarm is raised if the indicated card detects a
and causes mismatch between the expected Trail Trace Identifier
message string and the Trail Trace Identifier message string
actually received.

Troubleshooting instructions
Trail Trace Identifier (TTI) is a feature that allows network operators to verify correct con-
nectivity through the network elements. The basic principle is that specific overhead
bytes are reserved for Trace Messages of the user’s choosing. By specifying the “trans-
mitted” and the “expected received” trace messages on various craft terminal windows,
the system can automatically verify that fiber connections have been made as intended.
This is accomplished by comparing the expected Trace Message to that actually
received. If they differ, the mismatch alarm is raised, alerting personnel of the incorrect
connections.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 93
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

1 Check the configuration of the Trail Trace Identifier message strings at both the
immediate upstream card and the card raising the alarm. Verify that the Trace
Messages were configured as desired.
2 If the Trace Messages were configured as desired and the TIM alarm persists, there
is a fiber misconnection somewhere between the two cards. Determine the location
and make the correct fiber connection.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.45 TIM-egress

Alarm name Trace Identifier Mismatch (egress) (TIM-egress)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object The TIM-egress alarm can be raised by the following objects:
• Transponder SDH/SONET Client port (RS egress)
General information The TIM-egress alarm is generated from a TIM defect
and causes detected by the RS trace monitoring of the signal mapped
from line to client.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the TIM-egress alarm via the same instructions for the TIM alarm (for
the NE feeding the RS trace at the remote end).
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.46 TNEF

Alarm name Target NE Failure (TNEF)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object UDP port
General information The TNEF alarm will be raised if a Network Element is not
and causes reachable via the DCN.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 When configuring the NTP (Network Time Protocol), it is natural that the time can
“jump”. This can cause the allocation "leases" to expire, which will cause a tempo-
rary TNEF alarm. In this case, ignore the temporary TNEF alarm. It will clear by itself.
Otherwise, continue to step 2.
2 Although any primary or secondary DHCP server can be removed from the network
(i.e., is no longer reachable by any NE within the DCN) it cannot be deleted from the
Reachable Systems list. Attempting to delete a previously-discovered server from
the list will cause a TNEF alarm. Also, that NE’s name will be displayed as *ame on
the Reachable Systems list. To clear this TNEF alarm, Cold Start the other (remain-

94 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

ing) DHCP server. After start-up, the TNEF alarm will be cleared. The deleted DHCP
server will still remain on the list - now with an asterisk (*) in the name field, signifying
that there are no alarms.
3 If the unreachable NE belongs in the network and uses external Ethernet connec-
tions, verify that these connections are all intact.
4 If the alarm persists, replace the NE Controller (CCEP or CCMP) card in the
unreachable NE. See Card replacement instructions in chapter 4.1.
5 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.47 UCI

Alarm name GFP Unexpected Channel ID (UCI)


Default severity Major
Alarm object I05AD10G-1 card ODU2P/GFP_A_Sink
General information The I05AD10G-1 uses channel IDs local to the segment
and causes between two adjacent NEs. The channel ID is extracted from
the incoming signal (ODU2P/GFP_A_Sink) and a new
channel ID is inserted into the outgoing GFP-T frames
(ODU2P/GFP_A_Source). If the received and expected
Channel IDs do not match, the UCI alarm will be raised (indi-
vidually per GFP-T channel).
An express connection is defined by associating an incoming
channel ID with a corresponding outgoing GFP channel ID.
For add/drop channels, the connection is defined by associ-
ating a certain client port with the incoming (drop) or outgoing
(add) channel ID. Drop & Continue channels have an associ-
ation between incoming and outgoing channel IDs and with a
client port (egress direction).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Verify that all express, add/drop, and drop & continue connections are configured
properly. If the alarm persists, continue to step 2.
2 Warm Start the card raising the alarm. If the alarm persists, Cold Start the card.
3 If the alarm persists, replace the card with a spare.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.48 UPM

Alarm name GFP User Payload Mismatch (UPM)


Default severity Major

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 95
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Alarm object Transponder Ethernet, Fibre Channel, and STM-1/OC-3


Client port.
General information The UPM alarm is raised due to a mismatch between the
and causes received and expected values for the Generic Framing Pro-
cedure (GFP) payload User Payload Identifier (UPI) header
field.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Troubleshoot the UPM alarm via the same instructions as the LFD alarm.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.2.49 VOATC

Alarm name VOA Threshold Crossed (VOATC)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Link Control: Optical Channel layer.
General information A Variable Optical Attenuator (VOA) problem occurred during
and causes a manual power adjust or manual pre-emphasis routine. A
setting higher than the upper VOA threshold (20 dB) or lower
than the lower VOA threshold (0 dB) is being attempted.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Re-attempt the action (Manual Power Adjust or Enhanced Pre-emphasis - Manual)
that triggered the VOATC alarm. A second attempt will most likely work correctly and
clear the VOATC alarm. Ensure that unused channels are provisioned as unused.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support. There is a
slight chance that fixed attenuators may need to be inserted in various locations (in-
line with the F04 / F08 / F16 Filter cards) to clear a standing VOATC alarm. Contact
Nokia Siemens Networks Customer Support for guidance. Nokia Siemens Networks
will analyze characteristics of your network (fiber type, span counts, types of Filter
cards used, etc) and provide further instructions on the insertion of any required
attenuators.
g Behavior note: If a VOATC alarm is active and the NE Controller card (CCEP or
CCMP) is Cold Started, the VOATC alarm will no longer be raised (the root cause is
likely still present, but the alarm itself is no longer raised). However, after the next
link control action is performed (Power Adjust, Pre-emphasis, etc), the VOATC
alarm will be raised again if conditions warrant.

96 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3.3 Processing error alarms

3.3.1 APSM

Alarm name APS Mismatch (APSM)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Network Element
General information Replacement of a faulty Compact Flash module on an NE
and causes Controller card (CCEP or CCMP) can cause an APSM alarm.
See Compact Flash replacement in chapter 4.2. After
replacement, the APS version that is present on the new
Compact Flash is checked against the version number the
network element thinks it should have. (The latter is stored on
an EEPROM on the shelf backplane).
If there is a mismatch, the NE will enter Recover Mode (see
chapter 8 for details), and the APSM alarm will be raised.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Since the NE has entered Recover Mode, Element Manager will display the Clear
Recover Mode window. This window will state that “APS_MISMATCH” is the
reason the NE has entered Recover Mode. It is necessary to download the correct
APS to this NE. So, click the Change APS button on this window, which will open
the Software/File Management window. Download the correct APS to this NE.
Detailed instructions can be found in the hiT 7300 Operating Manual (OMN).
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.3.2 CFFULL

Alarm name Compact Flash Full (CFFULL)


Default severity Major
Alarm object CCEP card and CCMP card
General information The CFFULL alarm indicates that the card’s Compact Flash
and causes MIB partition exceeds 90% of total capacity.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 The Compact Flash card on the card is too full. This can be caused when an older
hiT 7300 Compact Flash (with low capacity) is used in newer hiT 7300 systems that
require larger amounts of NE configuration data.
Ideally, the Compact Flash should be replaced with one that has a higher capacity
(refer to chapter 4.2 for instructions). However, it is highly recommended that you
first contact your next higher level of technical support. It may be beneficial to

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 97
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

gather diagnostic data from the card to analyze memory usage to determine if some
other fault might be causing the CFFULL alarm.

3.3.3 DUPDHCP

Alarm name Duplicated DHCP Server (DUPDHCP)


Default severity Warning
Alarm object Network Element.
General information The DUPDHCP alarm will be raised if duplicate primary or
and causes secondary DHCP servers are detected. This is often caused
by accidentally duplicating IP addresses when performing
DHCP configuration during commissioning.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Carefully follow the procedures in the hiT 7300 Operating Manual “Configuring
DHCP settings”.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.3.4 LOTR

Alarm name Loss of Time Reference (LOTR)


Default severity Warning
Alarm object Network Element
General information The LOTR alarm will be raised if all configured external NTP
and causes (Network Time Protocol) references have been unreachable
for a period of at least 30 minutes.
The alarm will self-clear as soon as an NTP server is avail-
able again (or, if all configured NTP servers are deleted by
the user).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If the alarm is simultaneously raised on multiple NEs, the problem is likely with the
NTP Servers themselves. If the alarm is raised by a single NE, verify that the NTP
servers were set-up correctly during commissioning, especially each server’s IP
address. [NTP server addresses must be provided by the customer]. Refer to the NE
Commissioning Manual for instructions.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

98 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

3.3.5 MIBF

Alarm name MIB Failure (MIBF)


Default severity Major
Alarm object Network Element
General information Each NE’s Management Information Base (MIB) contents are
and causes stored in two places: the flash memory on-board the NE Con-
troller card (CCEP or CCMP) and on that card’s removable
Compact Flash module.
The MIBF alarm can be caused by three related, yet distinct
events:
• A sudden “double hardware failure” in an operational
network (i.e., simultaneous failure of an NE Controller
card’s two MIB storage devices - its Onboard Flash and
its Compact Flash). Such a failure is extremely unlikely. If
it occurs, the NE Controller card and its Compact Flash
must be replaced.
• A mismatch condition that might occur immediately after
(and as a direct result of) replacing a failed NE Controller
card and/or its Compact Flash module. Such replace-
ments can sometimes result in a mismatch of the MIB
contents and/or a mismatch of the APS software ver-
sions. In such cases, the NE will re-start in “Recover
Mode” (meaning it could not find a valid MIB). No commu-
nication to peripheral cards is possible and the NE will
appear as an OLR network element on the Element
Manager Shelf Equipment window. A backup copy of
the MIB must be downloaded to the NE.
• If the NE was in “Recover Mode”, setting the NE to default
(see chapter “Resetting the NE to default configuration” in
the hiT 7300 Operating Manual) will raise the MIBF
alarm. In this case, Recover Mode can be exited only via
manual methods as explained below.

Troubleshooting instructions
g NOTICE: Do NOT Cold Start a card that has an active MIBF alarm!
1 How was the MIBF alarm raised?
• It was suddenly raised in an operational network (the “double hardware failure”
described above): Dispatch service personnel to replace the NE Controller card
and the Compact Flash module. For instructions, go to “CCEP/CCMP replace-
ment due to MIBF alarm scenario” in chapter 4.1.
• A failed NE Controller card and/or its Compact Flash was just replaced. When
the card was re-installed, the MIBF alarm, and possibly the APSM alarm, were
raised: go to step 2.
• While the NE was in Recover Mode, the NE was set to default configuration. This
will erase the MIB data on the Controller card’s Compact Flash and on-board

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 99
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

flash. In this case, go to step 3. (A backup copy of the MIB must be downloaded
to the Controller card in order to exit Recover Mode and clear the MIBF alarm).
2 If an APSM alarm is also raised, troubleshoot and clear that alarm first.
3 Download a back-up copy of this NE’s MIB contents and “activate” the MIB. Instruc-
tions for doing so can be found in the hiT 7300 Operating Manual (OMN).
☞ When an NE is is Recover Mode, a MIB can be downloaded and swapped only
if the NE Name of the downloaded MIB matches the NE Name stored on the
shelf backplane EEPROM.
4 After selecting “Activate MIB”, the Element Manager connection to this NE will be
temporarily lost again. The NE Controller card will start. Wait approximately 3
minutes for the NE Controller card to light its green OK LED. Wait an additional 1
minute, then re-connect to the NE over the Q or QF interface. Verify that all alarms
have cleared.
5 If the MIBF alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.3.6 MIBFULL_MAJOR

Alarm name MIB Full Major (MIBFULL_MAJOR)


Default severity Major
Alarm object CCEP and CCMP cards.
General information The MIBFULL_MAJOR alarm will be raised if the contents of
and causes the card’s memory storage (PRAM or On-board Flash)
exceeds 90% of maximum capacity.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 If a CCEP-1 card is raising the alarm, replace it with a CCEP-2 card according to the
instructions in chapter 4.1. If a CCMP-1 card is raising the alarm, replace it with a
CCMP-2 card according to the instructions in chapter 4.1.
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.3.7 MIBFULL_MINOR

Alarm name MIB Full Minor (MIBFULL_MINOR)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object CCEP and CCMP cards.
General information The MIBFULL_MINOR alarm will be raised if the contents of
and causes the card’s memory storage (PRAM or On-board Flash)
exceeds 70% of maximum capacity.

100 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Troubleshooting instructions
1 No immediate action is required. The MIBFULL_MINOR alarm serves as an
advance warning that serious memory shortage problems may eventually occur. As
a precaution, schedule a card replacement at the next convenient opportunity as
follows:
• If a CCEP-1 card is raising the alarm, replace it with a CCEP-2 card at the next
convenient opportunity. Follow the instructions in chapter 4.1.
• If a CCMP-1 card is raising the alarm, replace it with a CCMP-2 card at the next
convenient opportunity. Follow the instructions in chapter 4.1.
2 If the alarm persists after replacing the card, contact your next higher level of tech-
nical support.

3.3.8 NQO

Alarm name Notification Queue Overflow (NQO)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Network Element
General information The NQO alarm indicates an internal overload of the Control-
and causes ler card software due to too many notification messages.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Often, the NQO condition is only temporary. Wait a short time and see if the alarm
clears by itself.
2 If the alarm persists, the problem could be due to too many Element Managers con-
nected at once. Reduce the number of Element Managers connected.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support before pro-
ceeding. Warm Start the NE Controller card (CCEP or CCMP). If the alarm persists
after recovery time, Cold Start the NE Controller card. Management visibility to this
NE will be lost while the Controller card executes its Cold Start routine.
4 If the alarm persists, replace the NE Controller card.

3.3.9 RAMFULL

Alarm name RAM Full (RAMFULL)


Default severity Major
Alarm object CCEP and CCMP cards.
General information The RAMFULL alarm will be raised if the contents of the
and causes card’s memory storage area exceeds a pre-defined thresh-
old.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 101
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Wait 30 minutes. The high memory usage may have only been temporary. If
memory usage returns to a sufficiently low level, the alarm will self-clear.
2 If the alarm persists for more than 30 minutes, Cold Start the card raising the alarm.
3 If the alarm persists after recovery from the Cold Start, upgrade the Controller card
to the new model (which contains more memory):
• If a CCEP-1 card is raising the alarm, replace it with a CCEP-2.
• If a CCMP-1 card is raising the alarm, replace it with a CCMP-2.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.3.10 RQO

Alarm name Request Queue Overflow (RQO)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Network Element
General information The RQO alarm indicates an internal overload of the Control-
and causes ler card software due to too many requests.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Often, the RQO condition is only temporary. Wait a short time and see if the alarm
clears by itself.
2 If the alarm persists, the problem could be due to too many Element Managers con-
nected at once. Reduce the number of Element Managers connected.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support before pro-
ceeding. Warm Start the NE Controller card (CCEP or CCMP). If the alarm persists
after recovery time, Cold Start the NE Controller card. Management visibility to this
NE will be lost while the Controller card executes its Cold Start routine.
4 If the alarm persists, replace the NE Controller card.

3.3.11 TL1NQO

Alarm name TL1 Notification Queue Overflow (TL1NQO)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Network Element.
General information The TL1NQO alarm indicates an internal overload of the TL1
and causes Gateway software due to too many notification messages..

102 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Troubleshooting instructions

Troubleshooting instructions
1 Often, the TL1NQO condition is only temporary. Wait a short time and see if the
alarm clears by itself.
2 If the alarm persists, the problem could be due to too many TL1 sessions active
simultaneously. Reduce the number of TL1 sessions.
3 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support before pro-
ceeding. Cold Start the NE Controller card (CCEP or CCMP). Management visibility
to this NE will be lost while the Controller card executes its Cold Start routine.
4 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.4 Environmental alarms

3.4.1 EXT

Alarm name External Alarm (via TIF Sensor) (EXT)


Default severity Minor
Alarm object Telemetry Interface (TIF) Monitor
General information The EXT alarm is raised when one of the user-defined Telem-
and causes etry Interface input relays (TIF Monitors) is activated. The
alarm message will identify (by number) which TIF Monitor is
raising the alarm as: “TIF Monitor nn”, where "nn" is the
number of the Monitor (01 to 16).

Troubleshooting instructions
1 The input relays are intended to be used as traditional "housekeeping" alarm inputs
connected to customer facilities of his choosing (door alarm, temperature alarm,
etc). These inputs are configured via the craft terminal. Note: the cable for TIF
Sensors attaches to the connector named "TIF IN" on the NE Controller card (CCEP
type only). So, to clear the alarm, the relevant facility at the customer premises must
be dealt with (example: if a “door open” monitor is activated, then the door at the site
must be closed).
2 If the alarm persists, contact your next higher level of technical support.

3.5 Quality of Service alarms

3.5.1 TCA

Alarm name Threshold Crossing Alert (TCA)


Default severity Warning
Alarm object Monitored Performance Parameter

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 103
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

General information The TCA alarm is raised if a monitored performance param-


and causes eter counter exceeds its user-defined threshold.

Troubleshooting instructions
1 SURPASS hiT 7300 monitors various performance parameters, (e.g. CV, BBE, ES,
SES, SEFS, UAS, Avg-BER, Max-BER), on many layers in order to calculate the
transmission quality.
Performance monitoring provides the capability to signal performance degradation
(via a TCA alarm) before a more serious failure occurs. Each transponder card accu-
mulates its performance measurements every 00, 15, 30, and 45 minutes past each
hour. At the end of each 15-minute reporting period, each card automatically reports
its performance counts to the Controller card. In addition, 24-hour performance
counts are obtained by summing all 15-minute counts of the day. The user may set
the desired 15-minute and 24-hour alarm threshold for each monitored parameter.
A TCA alarm will be raised if the count for a monitored parameter exceeds its user-
designated threshold.

104 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

4 Card replacement instructions


This section contains instructions for removing a faulty card and replacing it with a spare
of the same type. Once the replacement card is inserted, the software detects the
presence of the new card, performs the necessary validation, and automatically config-
ures the card for normal operation. Upon completion of the configuration, the fault man-
agement software will re-evaluate the alarm conditions and raise or clear the alarm(s)
as appropriate. There is no need for the user to issue any reset command or restart the
NE during these procedures.

DANGER!
!
Always use appropriate laser eye protection when working with the hiT 7300 system.

g NOTICE: always use appropriate ESD grounding devices and practices to avoid
damaging the equipment.
g NOTICE: all plug-in cards must be inserted slowly and carefully to avoid damage to
components.If a card seems to require unusual effort to insert - STOP. If anything is
physically interfering with card insertion - STOP. If a card is not correctly engaging
the shelf guide rails or backplane connector - STOP. Never apply excessive force
when installing a card; otherwise severe damage can occur to the card and
shelf.Always insert one card at a time. Never attempt to simultaneously insert two or
more cards into the shelf.
g NOTICE: Before replacing any card, attach an identifying label to each fiber con-
nected to the failed card (if such labels are not already present). This will help ensure
that each fiber is re-connected to the correct port on the replacement card.
g NOTICE: The small captive screws that secure hiT 7300 plug-in cards in the shelf
are the “Pozidriv” type. Specifically, a screwdriver equipped with a Pozidriv #0 bit
is mandatory to loosen or tighten these screws. Do not use a Phillips screwdriver.
Use of a Phillips screwdriver will damage the screw. When re-installing a plug-in
card, tighten these screws to a maximum torque of 0.63 N-m (equivalent to 0.46
ft-lbs or 5.57 in-lbs).

4.1 How to replace the CCEP and CCMP card


Each Network Element (NE) includes an NE Controller card, which will be either a CCEP
or CCMP card. This card functions as the central management controller for the NE.
Replacement of these card types requires special care since they contain a field-
replaceable Compact Flash (CF) module used for persistent storage of the MIB and APS
software. Card replacement procedures vary, depending on the failure scenario (as indi-
cated by different alarms). These different scenarios are as follows:
• CP alarm or OBFF alarm scenario (see chapter 4.1.1)
• MIBF alarm scenario (see chapter 4.1.2)
• Loss of communication scenario (see chapter 4.1.3)
g If any configuration changes have been made to the NE within the previous 10
minutes, do NOT replace the CCEP or CCMP card yet! Wait at least 10
minutes after making any NE configuration changes before replacing the
CCEP or CCMP card.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 105
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

g When an NE Controller card (CCEP or CCMP) is removed from the shelf, the
management system will lose connectivity to that NE. During this time, neither
the management interface nor the local Element Manager interface is functional.
Note that traffic is preserved and all peripheral cards continue to operate nor-
mally.
If a network is configured so that only one Controller card is assigned to provide
the Gateway Function, removal of that card will cause the management system
to lose connection and visibility to the whole network. In addition, the network
will not have the support of a DHCP server, NTP server, or FTP server, which
means file transfer (APS or NCF files), new NE addition, or time synchronization
are not possible for the network. For such a case, consider temporarily enabling
a redundant Gateway Function NE before the removal of the Controller card.
g When replacing a failed CCEP-1 card, check the part number of the replace-
ment card:
• if the spare card has part number S42024-L5424-A101, note that it cannot
be used in a system that is still running software earlier than R4.1.1. If your
system is running 4.1.1 or later, it is OK to use this card. But, if your system
is still running software earlier than 4.1.1, you must obtain CCEP type
S42024-L5424-A100 to replace the failed card.
• if the spare card is S42024-L5424-A100, note that this card type can be
installed in a system running any software version up to and including 4.2.
When replacing a failed CCMP-1 card, check the part number of the replace-
ment card:
• if the spare card has part number S42024-L5424-A201, note that it cannot
be used in a system that is still running software earlier than R4.1.1. If your
system is running 4.1.1 or later, it is OK to use this card. But, if your system
is still running software earlier than 4.1.1, you must obtain CCMP type
S42024-L5424-A200 to replace the failed card.
• if the spare card is S42024-L5424-A200, note that this card type can be
installed in a system running any software version up to and including 4.2.
g Replace a CCEP-2 card or CCMP-2 card only with a spare of the same type.

106 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

4.1.1 CP alarm or OBFF alarm scenario


A CP (Card Problem) alarm or an OBFF (Onboard Flash Failure) alarm raised by a NE
Controller card (CCEP or CCMP card) indicates that the card has suffered an internal
fault, but the removable Compact Flash module is still OK. Since the Compact Flash
module contains the MIB and APS software, it must be physically transferred to the
replacement card. Detailed instructions are as follows:
1 IMPORTANT! Before doing anything else, upload a back-up copy of the MIB (from
the faulty Controller card). Instructions for doing so can be found in the hiT 7300
Operating Manual (OMN).
2 Disconnect all cables from the failed Controller card. Remove the failed card from
the shelf.
3 Follow the instructions in Figure 1 to remove the Compact Flash module from the
failed Controller card. Install this same Compact Flash onto the new Controller
card. After inserting the Compact Flash into its holder, be sure to rotate the
hinged arm of the ejector button back to its folded position. Otherwise, the
ejector button can be broken when the Controller card is inserted into the
shelf.
4 Insert the new Controller card into the shelf and re-attach all cables. The card will
automatically boot using the MIB contents of the Compact Flash module. Verify that
the green OK LED on the card front panel lights, indicating a successful re-boot. If
boot-up does not occur within 15 minutes, withdraw the card from the shelf and re-
insert it. If boot-up still does not occur within 15 minutes, stop. Contact your next
higher level of technical support. If boot-up is successful, wait 2 minutes, then
continue to the next step.
5 Re-connect to the NE over the Q or QF interface. Verify that all alarms have cleared.
PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.1.2 MIBF alarm scenario


g Do not Cold Start a card raising a MIBF alarm! When a MIBF alarm is raised, the
NE can still function normally utilizing the working copy of the MIB residing on the
NE Controller card’s PRAM. But, if the NE Controller card is Cold Started while in
this condition, the PRAM copy of the MIB will be lost, and the NE will not be able to
recover to the state that existed prior to the Cold Start. That is why it is important
to regularly maintain a backup MIB copy for each NE in your network. If
recovery is required, having the backup MIB copy available will make restoration
easier. If a backup MIB is not available, the NE can be recovered with a default MIB,
but traffic most likely will be impacted and all manual provisioning data will be lost!
A network element’s MIB contents are persistently stored in two areas on the CCEP (or
CCMP) card; the card’s Onboard Flash, and the card’s replaceable Compact Flash
module. A MIBF alarm indicates that both these storage areas have failed. Dispatch
service personnel to replace the failed Controller card and its Compact Flash module,
i.e., it is necessary to take a spare Controller card and a spare Compact Flash module
to the site. Detailed instructions are as follows:

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 107
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

1 Disconnect all cables from the failed Controller card. Remove the failed card from
the shelf.
2 Install the replacement Compact Flash module onto the new Controller card. See
Figure 1 for details.
g The APS version loaded onto each Compact Flash by the Nokia Siemens
Networks factory is identified on a label attached to the outside of the Compact
Flash module. It would be best if the replacement Compact Flash has the correct
APS version on it, but this is not a strict requirement.
g Never replace a failed Compact Flash with one that has a smaller capacity. If a
1 GB Compact Flash is being replaced, it is not permitted to replace it with a 256
MB type. If an 8 GB Compact Flash is being replaced, it is not permitted to
replace it with a 1 GB or 256 MB type.
☞ If the spare Compact Flash is the original type (256 MB), it is highly recom-
mended to instead obtain a newer type of Compact Flash (1 GB or 8 GB) to
replace the failed unit. In fact, the 1 GB or 8 GB type is required for systems
running Release 4.20 (or higher) software. The 1 GB or 8 GB Compact Flash is
also required for any system using TL1.
3 Insert the new Controller card into the shelf and re-attach all cables.
4 Various automatic procedures will now be executed by the system in an attempt to
get everything synchronized. The entire process may require up to 20 minutes to
complete.
a) If the NE goes into Recover Mode and an APSM alarm is raised, stop. Go to the
troubleshooting instructions for the APSM alarm.
b) If the process completes successfully (indicated by the Controller card lighting
its front-panel green OK LED), continue to step 5.
5 After the green OK LED comes on, wait 2 minutes. Then, re-connect to the NE over
the Q or QF interface. Download a previously-made copy of the MIB contents to
this NE. Verify that all alarms have cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.1.3 Loss of Communication scenario


There are cases in which the failure of a CCEP or CCMP card is of such a nature that it
affects the ability of the card (or the card’s software) to report its own failure, or even its
ability to communicate with other devices such as the network management system. In
such cases, the failure likely is detected by the Element Management System as a “loss
of communications” to the network element. In such a case, a replacement of the
relevant Controller card is warranted. Detailed instructions are as follows:
1 If the network management system reports a Loss of Communication to an NE,
dispatch service personnel to that site with a spare CCEP card (or CCMP as appro-
priate) and a spare Compact Flash module. (It is impossible to know at this point
whether the loss of communication was caused by a failed Controller card or a
failure of its Compact Flash. So take both to the site to avoid making a second trip).
2 First, assume the problem is a faulty Controller card. Complete the procedures in
paragraph 4.1.1.
3 If the problem persists, assume the problem is a Compact Flash failure. Complete
the procedures in paragraph 4.2.

108 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

4 If the problem persists, assume there is a failure of the Controller card and the
Compact Flash, which is equivalent to a MIBF condition. Complete the procedures
in paragraph 4.1.2.
5 If the problem persists, contact your next higher level of technical support. PROCE-
DURE COMPLETE

4.2 How to replace the Compact Flash


Each CCEP and CCMP Controller card contains a removable Compact Flash module.
The Compact Flash module is used for persistent storage of the MIB and APS software.
If the Compact Flash fails (indicated by the CFF alarm), the correct APS and the working
MIB contents must be restored onto the replacement Compact Flash module (which
should occur automatically). Detailed instructions are as follows:
g The APS version loaded onto each Compact Flash by the Nokia Siemens Networks
factory is identified on a label attached to the outside of the Compact Flash module.
It would be best if the replacement Compact Flash has the correct APS, but this is
not a strict requirement.
g Never Cold Start a CCEP or CCMP card that has an active CFF alarm.
g Never replace a failed Compact Flash with one that has a smaller capacity. If a 1
GB Compact Flash is being replaced, it is not permitted to replace it with a 256 MB
type. If an 8 GB Compact Flash is being replaced, it is not permitted to replace it
with a 1 GB or 256 MB type.
☞ If the spare Compact Flash is the original type (256 MB), it is highly recommended
to instead obtain a newer type of Compact Flash (1 GB or 8 GB) to replace the failed
unit. In fact, the 1 GB or 8 GB type is required for systems running Release 4.20 (or
higher) software. The 1 GB or 8 GB Compact Flash is also required for any system
using TL1.
1 IMPORTANT! Before doing anything else, upload a back-up copy of the MIB (from
the Controller card that contains the failed Compact Flash). Instructions for doing so
can be found in the hiT 7300 Operating Manual (OMN).
2 Locate the card (CCEP or CCMP) that contains the failed Compact Flash. Discon-
nect all cables from this card. Then, remove the card from the shelf.
3 Refer to Figure 1. Remove the failed Compact Flash module from the card. Install
the replacement Compact Flash. After installing the new Compact Flash, be sure
to rotate the hinged arm of the ejector button back to its folded position. Oth-
erwise, the ejector button can be broken when the Controller card is re-
inserted into the shelf.
4 Re-insert the Controller card (with new Compact Flash) back into the shelf. Re-
connect all cables to the card. Various automatic procedures will now be executed
by the system in an attempt to ensure the correct APS and MIB contents are present
on the new Compact Flash, synchronized with the Controller card software. The
entire process may require up to 20 minutes to complete.
a) If a MIBF alarm is raised, stop. Go to the troubleshooting instructions for the
MIBF alarm.
b) If an APSM alarm is raised, stop. Go to the troubleshooting instructions for the
APSM alarm.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 109
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

c) If the process completes successfully (indicated by the card lighting its front-
panel green OK LED), continue to step 5.
5 After the green OK LED comes on, wait 2 minutes. Then, re-connect to the NE over
the Q or QF interface. Verify that all alarms have cleared. PROCEDURE COM-
PLETE.

110 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

Figure 1 How to remove / install the Compact Flash

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 111
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

4.3 How to replace the CCSP card


CCSP controller cards are responsible for the management of shelves other than the
main self. The CCSP does not contain any MIB data or APS. Therefore, replacement
procedures are very simple as follows:
1 Disconnect all cables from the failed CCSP card. Remove the failed CCSP card from
its shelf.
2 Insert the replacement CCSP into the shelf and re-attach all cables. Normal opera-
tion will automatically resume. Verify that all alarms are cleared and that the green
OK LED on the CCSP front panel lights.

4.4 How to replace the CFSU card


The CFSU card monitors the fan-driven airflow through the shelf. This card has no
optical connections. Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
g NOTICE: If the CFSU card is used to manage the UDCM tray, the electrical cable
connected between the UDCM Tray and the CFSU card must be disconnected and
re-connected only when the CFSU is disengaged from its backplane connector.
Otherwise, equipment damage may result. Carefully follow the instructions below to
prevent damage.
1 Withdraw the failed CFSU a short distance until it is disengaged from the backplane
connector.
2 If the CFSU is being used to manage a UDCM Tray installed in the rack, there will
be an electrical cable connected to the D-sub connector on the front of the CFSU.
Disconnect this cable now.
3 Fully remove the failed CFSU from the shelf.
4 Insert the replacement CFSU into the shelf, but do not fully plug-it in yet. If there
was a UDCM cable disconnected in step 2, re-attach this cable to the D-sub connec-
tor on the front panel of the CFSU. Only after this cable is re-connected, insert the
new CFSU fully into the shelf and lock it in place.
5 Normal operation will automatically resume. After a delay of 15 minutes, the card will
automatically perform an airflow measurement. When the measurement is com-
pleted, verify that all alarms are cleared and that the green OK LED on the CFSU
front panel lights. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.5 How to replace the F02MR card


Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
1 If not already present, attach a label to each fiber connected to the F02MR-1 card to
ensure that all fibers are re-connected to the correct ports on the new card.
2 Disconnect all fibers attached to the failed card.
3 Remove the failed card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the shelf and
latch it into place.
4 Clean all fibers and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers to
the new F02MR-1 card. Be sure to re-connect each fiber to the same port that it was
connected to before.

112 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

5 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.


Impact: The F02MR-1 card carries traffic in both Tx and Rx directions. When the
F02MR-1 card is removed for replacement, all transmit, receive, and express traffic are
lost for the line direction corresponding to this F02MR-1. All express traffic is lost for the
other line direction opposite to this F02MR-1 card.
After the new F02MR-1 card is inserted, the NE software will automatically return the
card to the traffic-carrying state. In addition, once connectivity is restored, LOS will no
longer be detected, and consequently amplifier card APRM (Automatic Power Reduc-
tion Mode) will be disabled to restore the drop and express traffic. No additional user
actions are required.

4.6 How to Replace the F09MDRT card


The following instructions are valid for:Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
• F09MDRT-1/S
• F09MDRT-1/O
Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
1 If not already present, attach a label to each fiber connected to the failed card to
ensure that all fibers are re-connected to the correct ports on the new card.
2 Disconnect all fibers from the failed card.
3 Remove the failed card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the shelf and
latch it into place.
4 Clean all fibers and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers to
the new card. Be sure to re-connect each fiber to the same port that it was connected
to before.
5 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: The F09MDRT-1 is a bidirectional card that carries add, drop, and express
traffic. When an F09MDRT-1/S card is removed for replacement, all standard-grid add,
drop, and express traffic is lost. When an F09MDRT-1/O card is removed for replace-
ment, all offset-grid add, drop, and express traffic is lost.
In an ONN-RT (which is designed for standard-grid wavelengths only), when the
F09MDRT-1/S card is removed from the shelf, APRM will likely be triggered in that half
of the NE.
After the new F09MDRT-1/S or F09MDRT-1/O card is inserted, the NE software will
automatically return the card to the traffic-carrying state. No additional user actions are
required.

4.7 How to replace F06-type and F09-type cards


These instructions are valid for the following cards:
• F06DR80-1
• F06MR80-1
• F09DR80-1
• F09MR80-1
Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 113
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

1 Disconnect all fibers attached to the failed card. Make sure to note which fiber is con-
nected to which port to prevent misconnections when the fibers are re-connected in
a later step. If not already present, attach a label to each fiber for identification.
2 Remove the failed card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the shelf and
latch it into place.
3 Clean all fibers and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers to
the new card. Be sure to re-connect each fiber to the same port that it was connected
to before.
4 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: F06 and F09 cards are unidirectional. The F06DR80-1 and F09DR80-1 are
wavelength-selective switch cards that handle local drop channels in the demux direc-
tion. When such a card is removed for replacement, all drop channels will be lost. The
F06MR80-1 and F09MR80-1 are wavelength-selective switch cards that handle local
add channels in the mux direction. When such a card is removed for replacement, all
add channels will be lost.
After the new card is inserted, the NE software will automatically return the card to the
traffic-carrying state. No additional user actions are required.

4.8 How to replace the F08MR-1 card


Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
1 Disconnect all fibers attached to the failed card. Make sure to note which fiber is con-
nected to which port to prevent misconnections when the fibers are re-connected in
a later step. If not already present, attach a label to each fiber for identification.
2 Remove the failed card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the shelf and
latch it into place.
3 Clean all fibers and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers to
the new card. Be sure to re-connect each fiber to the same port that it was connected
to before.
4 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
The F08MR-1 card is bidirectional. This card is a wavelength-selective switch that
handles local add/drop and express channels, which will be lost when the card is
replaced.
After the new card is inserted, the NE software will automatically return the card to the
traffic-carrying state. No additional user actions are required.

4.9 How to replace F40-1 and F40V-1 cards


These instructions are valid for the following card types. For convenience, they are all
referred to as “F40-1” in the instructions below.
• F40-1/S
• F40-1/O
• F40V-1/S
• F40V-1/O
Detailed replacement instructions are as follows

114 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

1 Disconnect all fibers attached to the failed F40-1 card. Since there are up to 41 fiber
connections to/from an F40-1 card, make sure to note which fiber is connected to
which port to prevent misconnections when the fibers are re-connected in a later
step.
2 Remove the failed F40-1 card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the shelf
and latch it into place.
3 Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers
to the new F40-1 card. Be sure to re-connect each fiber to the same port that it
was connected to before.
4 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: The F40-1 card can be equipped in ONN-R, ONN-T, and SON. It can be used
as the demultiplexer of the ONN-R, and as a multiplexer and a demultiplexer (2 separate
cards) in ONN-T.
When F40-1 is used as a demultiplexer
When the F40-1 card is used as a demultiplexer and is removed for replacement, all
drop traffic is lost for the line associated with this card. Note that in hiT 7300 R4.2, there
is no alarm correlation and suppression between the F40-1 card and the affected tran-
sponders. Therefore, a burst of transponder LOS alarms is expected when an F40-1
card is removed.
In addition, a LOS detector is used to detect the optical power at the common input when
the card is used as a demultiplexer, which can trigger APRM. Therefore, when the card
is removed for replacement, APRM will be triggered, causing the pre-amplifier output to
be reduced to conform to laser class 1M. Consequently, all drop traffic will be lost. In
addition, if the NE is an ONN-R, all the express traffic is also lost.
After the new F40-1 card is inserted, the NE software will automatically return the card
to traffic-carrying state and turn off APRM to restore the traffic. No additional user
actions are required.
When F40-1 is used as a multiplexer
When the F40-1 card is used as a multiplexer (only in ONN-T) and is removed for
replacement, all add traffic is lost for the line associated with this card. Note that in R4.2,
there is no alarm correlation and suppression between the F40-1 card and the affected
transponders. Therefore, a burst of transponder LOS alarms are expected in the down-
stream NEs. In addition, the booster amplifier will detect no optical input power and will
be shut down.
After the new F40-1 multiplexer card is inserted, the NE software will automatically turn
on the booster amplifier and orderly bring the channels back into service according to
the channel upgrade rule. No additional user actions are required.

4.10 How to replace the F40MR-1 card


Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
1 Disconnect all fibers attached to the failed F40MR-1 card. CAUTION: Since there
are up to 45 fiber connections to/from an F40MR-1 card, make sure to note which

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 115
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

fiber is connected to which port to prevent misconnections when the fibers are re-
connected in a later step.
2 Remove the failed F40MR-1 card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the
shelf and latch it into place.
3 Clean all fibers and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers to
the new F40MR-1 card. Be sure to re-connect each fiber to the same port that it was
connected to before.
4 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: The F40MR-1 card carries traffic in both Tx and Rx directions. When the
F40MR-1 card is removed for replacement, all transmit, receive, and express traffic are
lost for the line direction corresponding to this F40MR-1. All express traffic is lost for the
other line direction opposite to this F40MR-1 card.
After the F40MR-1 replacement card is inserted, the NE software will automatically
return the card to the traffic-carrying state. In addition, once connectivity is restored,
LOS will no longer be detected, and consequently amplifier card APRM (Automatic
Power Reduction Mode) will be disabled to restore the drop and express traffic. No addi-
tional user actions are required.

4.11 How to replace the F80DCI-1 card


Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
1 Disconnect all fibers attached to the failed F80DCI-1 card. Make sure to note which
fiber is connected to which port to prevent misconnections when the fibers are re-
connected in a later step. If not already present, attach a label to each fiber for iden-
tification.
2 Remove the failed F80DCI-1 card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the
shelf and latch it into place.
3 Clean all fibers and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers to
the new F80DCI-1 card. Be sure to re-connect each fiber to the same port that it was
connected to before.
4 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: The F80DCI-1 is a unidirectional card that carries “drop and continue” traffic.
When this card is removed for replacement, all drop and continue traffic is lost.
After the new F80DCI-1 card is inserted, the NE software will automatically return the
card to the traffic-carrying state. No additional user actions are required.

4.12 How to replace the F80MDI-1 card

DANGER!
!
Cabling mistakes made when re-connecting fiber to an F80MDI-1 card can result in light
being emitted from an open port at hazardous power levels. Carefully follow the instruc-
tions below to avoid exposure to hazardous optical power levels.

Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:

116 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

1 Before disconnecting any of the F80MDI-1 card’s optical fibers, ensure that
the optical power at all connectors is below 18 dBm. To do so, disable the
pump lasers on the Pre-amplifier card connected to the F80MDI-1. Open the
Element Manager Card - Config window for the Pre-amplifier and uncheck the
Pump Lasers Enabled checkbox.
2 WARNING!: Since it is very important that each fiber is re-connected to its original
port in a specific sequence, make sure to note which fiber is connected to which port
to prevent misconnections when the fibers are re-connected in a later step. If not
already present, apply a label to each fiber for identification. Then, disconnect all
fibers from the failed F80MDI-1 card.
3 Remove the failed F80MDI-1 card from the shelf. Install the replacement card in the
shelf and latch it into place.
4 Clean all fibers and connectors as described in chapter 5.
5 Re-connect the F80MDI-1 card’s fibers in the following sequence:
• First, re-connect S-IN and O-IN. Your system may only have one of these con-
nections depending on the wavelengths used: Standard grid (S) or Offset grid
(O).
• Next, re-connect Tx-OUT. This completes the fiber connections in the Mux to
Booster direction for transmission downstream. Do not re-connect any other
fibers yet.
• Verify that the LOS alarms are cleared on downstream transponder cards. If the
LOS alarms have not cleared, verify that the fibers re-connected so far are
routed properly. Make sure that:
– F80MDI-1 Tx Out is connected to LAxB IN.
– F80MDI-1 S-IN is connected to the COM port of the F40-1/S (or F40V-1/S if
applicable) Mux card.
– F80MDI-1 O-IN is connected to the COM port of the F40-1/O (or F40V-1/O
if applicable) Mux card.
• Only after the LOS alarms clear on the downstream transponder cards is
it permitted to continue to the next step.
6 Now, re-connect these fibers in the following sequence:
• Re-connect S-OUT and O-OUT. Your system may have only one of these con-
nections depending on the wavelengths used: Standard grid (S) or Offset grid
(O).
– Make sure that S-OUT is connected to the COM port of the F40-1/S (or
F40V-1/S if applicable) Demux card
– Make sure that O-OUT is connected to the COM port of the F40-1/O (or
F40V-1/O if applicable) Demux card
• Lastly, re-connect Rx-IN from the LaxP card Out port.
7 Re-enable the Pre-amplifier card’s pump lasers that were disabled in step 1.
8 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: The F80MDI-1 card carries traffic in both Tx and Rx directions. When the
F80MDI-1 card is removed for replacement, all transmit, receive, and express traffic are
lost for the line direction corresponding to this card.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 117
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

After the new F80MDI-1 card is inserted, the NE software will automatically return the
card to the traffic-carrying state. No additional user actions are required.

4.13 How to replace the LIFB-1 card


Detailed instructions are as follows:
1 Disconnect all fibers from the failed card. Remove the failed card from the shelf.
2 Install the replacement card in the shelf. Clean all fiber ends and connectors as
described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers. Upon card startup, the system will
automatically restore provisioning data and return the affected channels back to
normal. The link control process will restore to the running state without user inter-
vention.
3 Verify that the new card lights its front-panel OK LED and that all alarms are cleared.
PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.14 How to replace MCP-type cards


These instructions are valid for the following card types. For convenience, they are all
referred to as “MCP” in the instructions below.
• MCP404-1
• MCP404-2
• MCP4-1
MCP cards are used for measurement of the channels at the output of the amplifiers.
MCP cards are necessary for automatic and continuous preemphasis. Replacement of
a failed MCP is not traffic-affecting. NE software will automatically suspend the contin-
uous pre-emphasis (if enabled) during MCP replacement. Detailed MCP replacement
instructions are as follows:
1 Disconnect the fiber from the failed card.
2 Remove the failed card from the shelf.
3 Insert the new card fully into the shelf and latch it in place.
4 Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-attach all fibers to
the new card. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: For ONN-T and ONN-I, there will be no degradation of system performance
since continuous pre-emphasis is optional. For ONN-R, if continuous pre-emphasis is
compulsory, then the system will maintain service without degradation at least within the
duration of the typical maintenance window (i.e., at least 3 to 4 hours).

4.15 How to replace an OPMDC card


It is assumed that an OPMDC card has suffered an on-board fault and must be replaced.
Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
☞ The following procedure is valid for OPMDC-1 and OPMDC-2 cards.

118 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

1 Disconnect all fibers from the failed card. NOTICE: Make sure to note which fiber is
connected to which port to prevent misconnections when the fibers are reconnected
in a later step. If not already present, attach a label to each fiber for identification.
2 Remove the failed OPMDC card from the shelf.
3 Insert the new OPMDC into the shelf. Clean all fiber ends and connectors as
described in chapter 5. Re-connect the fibers to the OPMDC card. The new card will
automatically perform its normal boot-up sequence and the correct provisioning
information will be restored to it. Full traffic recovery for the channel served by the
new OPMDC may take up to 30 minutes while the OPMDC closes its loop control
and achieves steady state. Note that during the recovery of this channel, no other
channels will be impacted.
4 Verify that the new OPMDC lights its front-panel OK LED and that all alarms are
cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.16 How to replace the PL-1 card


Detailed PL-1 replacement instructions are as follows:
1 Withdraw the failed card from the shelf a short distance. Disconnect the fiber from
the failed card.
2 Remove the failed card from the shelf.
3 Insert the new card a short distance into the shelf - do not fully insert it yet. Clean all
fiber ends and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-attach the fiber to the ampli-
fier card.
4 Fully insert the new card into the shelf and latch it into place. PROCEDURE COM-
PLETE.
Impact: Bit errors may occur during card replacement since the required output power
cannot be reached with a missing/failed PL-1 card. After the new PL-1 is installed, the
software will automatically start the PL-1 card, and the amplifier card software will auto-
matically re-enable the PL-1’s pump laser and restore the necessary pump power.
There are no additional actions required by the user (e.g., restarting the link).

4.17 How to replace a transponder,muxponder,


and regenerator cards (all types)
The following instructions are valid for all sub-types of hiT 7300 transponder, mux-
ponder, regenerator, multi-service, and Carrier Ethernet cards:

CAUTION! XFP metal casings can become extremely hot (close to 70 ºC). This is espe-
! cially true in the case of DWDM XFPs used in an I05AD10G-1 card.
So, when removing any XFP from a card, do not touch the XFP’s metal casing. Exercise
caution to avoid injury.

It is assumed that a card has suffered an on-board fault and that any SFP or XFP
modules installed on the card are OK. Detailed replacement instructions are as follows:
1 If the faulty card is part of a Protection Group, (Working and Protection cards),
perform a Forced Switch to place traffic on the other card (the card which is not

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 119
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

being replaced). Note that this step is not required for I04T2G5-1 or I05AD10G-1
cards.
2 Disconnect all fibers from the failed card. Remove any SFP or XFP modules present
on this card, noting carefully which module was installed in which port.
3 Remove the failed card from the shelf.
4 Insert the new card into the shelf. Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described
in chapter 5, but do not re-connect any fibers yet.
5 Re-install all SFP/XFP modules in their former positions in the new card.
g Always insert a pluggable module (SFP or XFP) into its card port before con-
necting fiber to the pluggable module.
6 Now, re-connect all fibers to the new card. The card will execute its normal boot-up
sequence and be restored with correct provisioning information. Full recovery time
will require 5 minutes or less. Card types that automatically receive a downloaded
netlist to maintain support of provisioned client types may require a few extra
minutes.
7 Verify that the new Transponder lights its front-panel OK LED and that all alarms are
cleared.
8 If the Forced Switch command was done in step 1, issue a “Clear” command. PRO-
CEDURE COMPLETE.

4.18 How to replace Filter cards


These instructions are valid for the following card types:
• F04MDN-1
• F04MDU-1
• F08SB-1
• F16SB-1
Filter cards are basically passive in nature, therefore the probability of failure is small.
However, if card replacement is required, all the interconnecting fibers must be discon-
nected, and consequently, such a card replacement operation is always service affect-
ing. While it is expected that the channels directly connected to the card being replaced
will be lost during the replacement procedure, it is necessary to ensure that other
channels are preserved without service impacts. The major concern is the sudden loss
of channel powers when the fibers are disconnected. For example, if an F04MDN-1 card
is being replaced, when the fiber at that card’s 1C-out port is disconnected, up to 4
channels are dropped from the line, which can cause severe transient conditions. As
such, an orderly procedure is required to drop the channels gradually if the expected
channel power drop is greater than 3 dB, i.e. if half or more of the total number of
channels will be interrupted due to the card replacement. Detailed replacement instruc-
tions are as follows:
1 Identify the Transponders that are connected to the failed filter card.
2 Determine the current total number of booster amplifier input channels. If the
number of channels affected by the failed filter card is greater than or equal to half
of the total channels, go to step 3. Otherwise, skip step 3 and go directly to step 4.
Note that the fiber connected to a single port on a Filter card may be carrying one or
more entire sub-bands. Do not mistakenly count that as one channel!

120 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

3 Temporarily modify the channel count as follows: reduce the channel count by an
amount equal to the number handled by the affected Transponders (as identified in
step 1). This is done via the Booster amplifiers card’s Traffic-Config window. See the
chapter entitled “Updating the Channel Count” in the Operating Manual (OMN) for
instructions how to enter a new channel count value on this window.
4 Disconnect all input fibers attached to the failed Filter card. Then, disconnect the
output fibers.
5 Remove the failed Filter card from the shelf. Install the replacement card. CAUTION:
since there are many Filter card types with similar names, take extra care that the
replacement card is the same type.
6 Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect the
output fibers to the new Filter card. Then, re-connect all input fibers.
7 IMPORTANT: if step 3 was performed, change the channel count back to its original
value.
8 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.19 How to replace the O08VA-1 card


g NOTICE: Due to the type of VOAs used inside the O08VA-1 card, it is extremely
important to follow the card replacement steps below in exact sequence. Otherwise,
channels being carried by other O08VA-1 cards may be affected, and in rare cases,
transponder cards may be irreparably damaged.
Replacement of an O08VA-1 card is service affecting for the (up to 8) channels passing
through it. As mentioned above, follow the instructions below in exact sequence to avoid
affecting other channels or damaging equipment. Detailed instructions are as follows:
1 Identify the Transponders that are connected to the failed O08VA-1 card.
2 Determine the current total number of booster amplifier input channels. If the
number of channels affected by the failed card is greater than or equal to half of the
total channels, go to step 3. Otherwise, proceed to step 4.
3 Temporarily modify the channel count as follows: reduce the channel count by an
amount equal to the number handled by the affected Transponders (as identified in
step 1). This is done via the Booster amplifiers card’s Traffic - Config window. See
the chapter, entitled “Updating the Channel Count” in the Operating Manual (OMN)
for instructions how to enter a new channel count value on this window.
4 Remove the input fibers to the failed O08VA-1 card. Then, remove the output fibers.
Place a safety cap on each disconnected fiber.
5 Remove the failed O08VA-1 card from the shelf. Install the replacement card.
6 Wait until the new O08VA-1 is up and running as verified by its front-panel green OK
LED and the card becoming yellow on the Element Manager Shelf Equipment
window. Do not proceed to the next step until after the card is up and running.
7 Carefully remove the safety caps and clean all fiber ends and connectors as
described in chapter 5. Re-connect the output fibers to the new O08VA-1 card.
Then, re-connect all input fibers.
8 IMPORTANT: if step 3 was performed, change the channel count back to its original
value.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 121
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

9 This step is not required for SON systems. Perform a “Power Adjustment” proce-
dure as described in the Optical Link Commissioning (OLC) Manual. This must be
done to guarantee that all traffic is recovered properly.
10 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.20 How to replace an Amplifier card (all types)


If an Amplifier has failed and the card software is able to detect the failure, the software
will raise the appropriate alarm, update the channel status and send it downstream, and
shut down the amplifier output. The downstream amplifiers will adjust according to the
updated channel status and there will be no impact on the downstream Add traffic. The
failed Amplifier can then be replaced. Detailed instructions are as follows:
1 It is possible that the failed amplifier card has not been automatically shut down as
described above. So, before replacing any amplifier card, it is safest to perform a
“Link Shutdown” to minimize the impact on downstream Add traffic. Refer to the hiT
7300 Operating Manual (OMN) for Link Shutdown instructions. Note that the proce-
dure varies slightly, depending on whether or not Raman cards are used on the link.
2 Once the link is shut down, disconnect all fibers from the failed card. Remove the
failed card from the shelf.
3 Install the replacement card in the shelf. Clean all fiber ends and connectors as
described in chapter 5. Re-connect all fibers. Upon card startup, the system will
automatically restore provisioning data.
4 Wait for the new amplifier card to light its green OK LED.
5 Perform the appropriate task described below:
• If the link section contains ONN-S NE(s): perform a “Link Recovery” to re-
optimize link performance. Follow the Link Recovery procedure in the hiT 7300
Operating Manual (OMN). Note that the OMN describes two different Link
Recovery procedures - one for link sections with an ONN-S NE and one without
ONN-S. Be sure to use the “Link sections with an ONN-S” procedure.
• If the link section does not contain ONN-S NEs: simply re-start the link
according to the instructions in the hiT 7300 Optical Link Commissioning (OLC)
Manual.
6 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.21 How to replace the PRC-1 card


If a PRC-1 card has failed and the card software is able to detect the failure, the software
will raise the appropriate alarm and shut down the PRC-1 output. When this occurs, the
affected channels will typically exhibit high BER or a Loss of Frame condition. Detailed
instructions to replace a failed PRC-1 card are as follows:
1 It is possible that the failed PRC-1 card has not been automatically shut down as
described above. So, before replacing a PRC-1 card, it is safest to perform a “Link
Shutdown” to minimize the impact on downstream Add traffic. Refer to the hiT 7300

122 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

Operating Manual (OMN) for Link Shutdown instructions. Be sure to follow the pro-
cedure for the case where Raman cards are used on the link.
2 Once the link is shut down, locate the Amplifier card that is connected to the failed
PRC-1 card. Unplug this Amplifier card from the backplane and slide it out a short
distance on its mounting rails.
3 Now, unplug the failed PRC-1 card from the backplane and slide it out a short
distance on its mounting rails. Disconnect all fibers from the failed card and then
remove the card completely from the shelf.
4 Slide the replacement PRC-1 card a short distance into the shelf, but do not insert it
fully yet. Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-connect
all fibers to the new card. Then, insert the new card fully into the shelf and secure it
in place.
5 Wait for the new PRC-1 to complete its initialization process. When the PRC-1
card’s front-panel OK LED lights steady on, this process has been completed.
6 Now re-insert the Amplifier card (that was unplugged in step 2) fully into the shelf
again and secure it in place. The system will automatically restore provisioning data.
7 Wait for the Amplifier card to light its green OK LED.
8 Perform the appropriate task described below:
• If the link section contains ONN-S NE(s): perform a “Link Recovery” to re-
optimize link performance. Follow the Link Recovery procedure in the hiT 7300
Operating Manual (OMN). Note that the OMN describes two different Link
Recovery procedures - one for link sections with an ONN-S NE and one without
ONN-S. Be sure to use the “Link sections with an ONN-S” procedure.
• If the link section does not contain ONN-S NEs: simply re-start the link
according to the instructions in the hiT 7300 Optical Link Commissioning (OLC)
Manual.
9 Verify that all alarms have cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.22 How to replace the O02CSP-1 card


Detailed instructions for replacing an O02CSP-1 card are as follows:
1 If not already present, attach a label to each fiber connected to the O02CSP-1 card
to ensure that all fibers are re-connected to the correct ports on the new card.
2 Disconnect all fibers from the failed card. LOS alarms will be raised.
3 Remove the failed card from the shelf.
4 Insert the new card fully into the shelf and latch it in place.
5 Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-attach all fibers to
the new card. Ensure each fiber is re-connected to the correct port. It is permitted to
re-connect the fibers in any sequence.
6 Wait for all LOS alarms to clear, which signifies that traffic has been restored.
7 For each protection group served by the new O02CSP-1 card, perform a manual
protection switch to verify that the new card is functioning correctly. PROCEDURE
COMPLETE.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 123
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Impact: During O02CSP-1 card replacement, the line traffic on both working and pro-
tection paths will be lost. Downstream transponders for the affected channels will report
line LOS.

4.23 How to replace the O03CP-1 card


Detailed instructions for replacing an O03CP-1 card are as follows:
1 If not already present, attach a label to each fiber connected to the O03CP-1 card to
ensure that all fibers are re-connected to the correct ports on the new card.
2 Disconnect all fibers from the failed card. LOS alarms will be raised.
3 Remove the failed card from the shelf.
4 Insert the new card fully into the shelf and latch it in place.
5 Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described in chapter 5. Re-attach all fibers to
the new card. Ensure each fiber is re-connected to the correct port. It is permitted to
re-connect the fibers in any sequence.
6 Wait for all LOS alarms to clear, which signifies that traffic is restored.
7 For each protection group served by the new O03CP-1 card, perform a manual pro-
tection switch to verify that the new card is functioning correctly. PROCEDURE
COMPLETE.
Impact: During O03CP-1 replacement, the client traffic (for up to 3 protection groups
served by the failed card) will be lost. The working and protection transponders will
report a Client LOS alarm.

4.24 How to replace the CDMM-1 card


The CDMM card manages the UDCM modules residing in the UDCM Tray. Detailed
instructions for replacing a CDMM card are as follows:
g NOTICE: The electrical cable connected between the UDCM Tray and the CDMM
card must be disconnected and re-connected only when the CDMM is disengaged
from its backplane connector. Otherwise, equipment damage may result. Carefully
follow the instructions below to prevent damage.
1 Withdraw the failed CDMM a short distance until it is disengaged from the backplane
connector.
2 Disconnect the UDCM cable from the CDMM card.
3 Fully remove the failed CDMM from the shelf.
4 Insert the replacement CDMM into the shelf, but do not fully plug-it in yet. Re-attach
the UDCM cable to the D-sub connector on the front panel of the CDMM. Only after
this cable is re-connected, insert the new CDMM fully into the shelf and lock it in
place.
5 Normal operation will automatically resume. Verify that all alarms are cleared and
that the green OK LED on the CDMM front panel lights. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.
Impact: When there is no CDMM card installed, the NE Controller card will not be able
to access the inventory information about the UDCMs residing in the UDCM Tray. When
the new CDMM card is installed and the cable re-connected, the NE Controller will auto-
matically retrieve UDCM inventory information again.

124 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

☞ When there is no CDMM installed, do not replace any of the UDCMs in the UDCM
Tray since such a change will not be detected by the NE Controller card (UDCMs
are unmanaged while the CDMM card is removed). If a UDCM change is necessary,
wait until a working CDMM is installed in the shelf.

4.25 How to replace a DCM card or UDCM


These instructions are valid for DCM Cards (which are installed in a regular shelf slot
like other traffic cards) and UDCM modules (which are installed in the separate UDCM
Tray typically mounted at the bottom of the rack). Detailed instructions are as follows:
1 If not already present, attach a label to each fiber connected to the failed DCM (to
help ensure that each fiber will be connected to the correct port on the replacement
card).
2 Withdraw the failed DCM from its shelf a short distance. Disconnect the fibers from
the failed card.
3 Remove the failed DCM fully from the shelf.
4 Refer to the table below. DCM cards that occupy 2 or 3 shelf slots are being phased
out. New cards occupy fewer slots, and are direct replacements for the larger cards.
If you are replacing a DCM card that is on the “phased out” list shown on the
left side of the table below, you must replace it with its newer equivalent listed
on the right side of the table.
After removing the failed DCM card, several slots adjacent to each other will now be
empty. Always put the new DCM is the left-most of these empty slots. This will
result in 1 or 2 empty slots on the right side of the new card. These empty slots must
be filled with blank panels. Each empty slot must have a blank panel installed
(Nokia Siemens Networks part number C50117-A29-B84).

These DCMs have been phased out Use these DCMs as the replacement
Name P/N Slot Name P/N Slot
size size
D0170DCF S42024-L5445-A10 2 D0170DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C10-2 1
D0340DCF S42024-L5445-A20 2 D0340DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C20-2 1
D0510DCF S42024-L5445-A30 2 D0510DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C30-2 1
D0680DCF S42024-L5445-A40 2 D0680DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C40-2 1
D0850DCF S42024-L5445-A50 3 D0850DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C50-2 1
D1020DCF S42024-L5445-A60 3 D1020DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C60-2 1
D1190DCF S42024-L5445-A70 3 D1190DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C70-2 1
D1360DCF S42024-L5445-A80 3 D1360DCF-2 S42024-L5445-C80-2 2

Table 9 Phased-out DCM cards and required replacements

5 Insert the replacement DCM a short distance into the shelf. Do not fully insert it.
6 Clean all fiber ends and re-connect all fibers to the new DCM.
7 Fully insert the replacement DCM into the shelf.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 125
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

8 Be sure to install required blank panel(s) as described in step 4.


9 Verify that all alarms are cleared. Prepare the failed DCM for return to Nokia
Siemens Networks.
Impact: Complete loss of traffic passing through the DCM during replacement.

4.26 How to replace a UDCM Tray


Before replacing a UDCM tray, verify that the actual failure is the tray - not one of the
UDCMs housed in the tray. A failure of the tray is typically indicated by the inability to
retrieve inventory data from any of the UDCMs in the tray. However, if inventory data
can be retrieved from one of the UDCM modules but not from the other, it is more likely
that an individual UDCM module has failed - not the tray.
The complete UDCM tray can be replaced from the front without interrupting traffic by
following the steps below. Rear access is not required to replace the DCM tray.
g NOTICE: A CFSU card (or CDMM card) mounted in another shelf is used to manage
the UDCMs in the UDCM Tray. The electrical cable connected between the UDCM
Tray and the CFSU/CDMM card must be disconnected and re-connected only when
the CFSU/CDMM is disengaged from its backplane connector. Otherwise, equip-
ment damage may result. Carefully follow the instructions below to prevent damage.
1 Locate the defective UDCM tray. The UDCM tray is usually mounted at the bottom
of a rack.
2 Carefully uncover all optical fibers that lead to/from the UDCM tray from the vertical
plastic fiber duct without disconnecting or straining any of the optical connectors or
fibers. Make sure that all fibers leading to/from the UDCM tray are completely loose.
3 Place a lab trolley or sturdy box close to the UDCM Tray. The top surface of the
trolley or box must be approximately the same height as the DCM tray mounted in
the bay and must be large enough to accommodate all UDCM modules. Make sure
the fibers connected to the UDCM modules have enough slack to permit placing the
modules onto the trolley/box.
4 Remove one UDCM module at a time from the faulty UDCM tray and carefully place
them on the trolley/box without straining or bending the fibers excessively.
5 The UDCM tray is connected via cable to D-sub connector on the front panel of a
CFSU (or CDMM) card. Withdraw the CFSU (or CDMM) card slightly from the shelf
to disengage it from its backplane connector. Now, disconnect the cable.
6 Unscrew the UDCM tray's grounding cable - it is attached to the right-hand rack
upright
7 Carefully remove the four screws that attach the UDCM Tray to the rack (two each
side). While loosening the screws, make sure to hold the UDCM tray in place with
your other hand. Note: if the mounting bracket of a rack end-guard is obstructing the
direct removal of the faulty UDCM tray, move the tray to the left or right (away from
the rack end guard) until the tray's mounting flanges are free.
8 Lift the faulty UDCM Tray carefully out of the rack and prepare it for the return and
repair process. Mark it with a “defective” label and attach a short failure description
9 Unpack the new UDCM tray and cable. Do not fasten the cable to the tray yet.

126 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

10 Carefully route the cable from the bottom of the rack, behind the mounting flanges,
up and connect it to the D-sub connector of the CFSU (or CDMM) card. Do not fully
insert the CFSU (or CDMM) fully into its shelf yet.
11 Fasten the cable to the new UDCM Tray.
12 Roll up (and secure) the excess cable and store it behind the mounting brackets.
Place the new UDCM tray in the same location in the rack as the one removed.
13 Align the mounting holes of the UDCM tray with the ones of the rack beams. Hold
the tray in place with one hand and attach the new tray to the rack with the four
mounting screws that were removed in Step 7.
14 Attach the tray's grounding cable to the same hole in the rack upright. Use the same
screw and lockwasher that were removed in Step 6.
15 Carefully place the UDCM modules into the new UDCM tray without straining or
bending the fibers excessively.
16 Carefully slide the optical fibers back into the vertical fiber duct and place the slack
in the Fiber Storage area. Do not disconnect any optical fiber! Ensure fibers are not
squeezed, strained, or bent beyond the minimum allowed bend radius.
17 Now, fully insert the CFSU (or CDMM) card back into its shelf and latch it in place.
18 Verify operational status via the Craft Interface:
• No alarms should be raised.
• All UDCM modules can be "configured" via the Craft Interface
• Inventory data from all UDCM modules can be retrieved.
19 Prepare the failed tray for return to Nokia Siemens Networks. PROCEDURE COM-
PLETE.

4.27 How to replace a failed shelf


Procedures for replacing a failed shelf are different for a main shelf and an extension
shelf.
• Main shelf (i.e., shelf with CCEP or CCMP): go to chapter 4.27.1.
• Extension shelf (i.e., shelf with CCSP): go to chapter 4.27.2.

4.27.1 Replacing a main shelf


This procedure is valid no matter if the main shelf is the “standard” SRS-1 ANSI
or ETSI type, or the SFL-1 “flat pack” shelf. The procedure for replacing a main shelf
is as follows:
1 IMPORTANT! Before doing anything else, upload a back-up copy of the MIB from
the faulty shelf’s Controller card (CCEP or CCMP). Instructions for doing so can be
found in the hiT 7300 Operating Manual (OMN).
2 Disconnect all electrical cables from the failed shelf (including ILAN connections to
other shelves).
3 Disconnect all fibers from the failed shelf. Disconnect in a sequence that keeps
power transients low on surviving traffic directions, i.e., disconnect channel-by-
channel.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 127
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

4 Disconnect power from the shelf.


5 Remove all cards from the shelf. Or, temporarily leave them in the old shelf, espe-
cially if there is no means available to provide static protection for removed cards.
6 Remove the failed shelf from the rack. Install the new shelf in the rack, but do not
apply power yet.
7 Install the cards into the new shelf. Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described
in chapter 5. Restore all fiber connections.
8 Re-connect all electrical cables, including ILAN connections to other shelves.
g All ILAN cables must be re-connected with the new shelf powered OFF.
9 Apply power to the new shelf. The NE will boot-up with a Default MIB.
10 Is a back-up copy of the MIB available for download?
• Yes: Download and activate the back-up copy of the MIB. The NE will reboot
and load the MIB. Then, the NE will start with the correct MIB active.
• No: Perform a complete NE commissioning procedure by following the instruc-
tions in the NE Commissioning Manual
11 Check that all channels affected by the failed shelf are working again (good BER and
optical power). PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

128 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

4.27.2 Replacing an extension shelf


This procedure is valid no matter if the extension shelf is the “standard” SRS-1
ANSI or ETSI shelf, or the SFL-1 “flat pack” shelf. The procedure for replacing an
extension shelf is as follows:
1 Shut down the link of the affected traffic side if the entire traffic for that side will be
affected.
2 Disconnect all electrical cables from the failed shelf (including ILAN connections to
other shelves).
3 Disconnect all fibers from the failed shelf. Disconnect in a sequence that keeps
power transients low on surviving traffic directions, i.e., disconnect channel-by-
channel.
4 Disconnect power to the shelf.
5 Remove all cards from the shelf. Or, temporarily leave them in the old shelf, espe-
cially if there is no means available to provide static protection for removed cards.
6 Remove the failed shelf from the rack. Install the new shelf in the rack but do not
apply power yet.
7 Install the CCSP into the new shelf. Restore ILAN cable connections to neighboring
shelves.
g All ILAN cables must be re-connected with the new shelf powered OFF.
8 Apply power to the new shelf.
9 On Element Manager, go to the Shelf Configuration menu and set the old shelf to
not commissioned.
10 Configure the new shelf to the desired Shelf ID, according to NE Commissioning
documents.
11 Once the shelf is properly recognized, and communication to the Shelf Controller is
established, install the other cards. Clean all fiber ends and connectors as described
in chapter 5 and then restore fiber connections. Here, also try to keep power tran-
sients low (see step 2).
12 Restart the link (if it was shut down in step 1).
13 Check that all channels affected by the failed shelf are working again (good BER and
optical power). PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

4.28 How to replace the air filter element


Which type of shelf requires an Air Filter replacement?
• Shelf with a single Fan Unit (Air Filter is mounted inside the Fan Unit): go to chapter
4.28.1.
• Shelf with multiple Fan Units (Air Filter is separate from the Fan Units): go to chapter
4.28.2.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 129
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

4.28.1 For shelves where the Air Filter is mounted


inside the Fan Unit
For these shelf types, the air filter element is mounted inside the shelf’s Fan Unit. So, it
is necessary to remove the Fan Unit from the shelf to replace the air filter.
g NOTICE: Do NOT remove the Fan Unit unless the replacement air filter is readily at
hand. In these shelf types, there is only one Fan Unit. So, when it is removed from
the shelf, there is no forced-airflow cooling. Therefore, perform all steps in the pro-
cedure below as quickly as possible to minimize the time the shelf is without a Fan
Unit.
g NOTICE: When replacing the Air Filter, use only a spare provided by Nokia Siemens
Networks or a spare that is explicitly approved by Nokia Siemens Networks for use
with SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment. Use of a non-approved Air Filter will cause
equipment damage and erratic system behavior.
1 Open the latches of the Fan Unit (the Fan Unit on the Flat Pack shelf has one latch
while the Fan Unit on other shelves has two latches). Carefully slide the Fan Unit a
short distance out on its mounting rails. Wait for all fans to stop spinning. Note:
alarms will be generated when the Fan Unit is removed. Ignore these alarms; they
will clear when the Fan Unit is re-installed.
2 Now, remove the Fan Unit completely from the shelf. Carefully place it on a surface
(workbench, table) suitable for this work.
3 The filter element is contained in a dedicated cavity in the Fan Unit as shown in
Figure 2. Slide the filter out of its housing. Wipe the entire Fan Unit clean with a soft
cloth to remove any dust that may have accumulated.
4 Install the new filter element in the Fan Unit. One side of the filter will have the
manufacturer’s logo printed on it - this is the filter’s high-density side. Make
sure the filter is installed with that side up (closest to the fans).
5 Re-install the Fan Unit in the shelf and latch it in place. Verify that the fans are
running again and the Fan Alarm LED on the Fan Unit is off. Discard the old filter.
6 Reset the Air Filter maintenance timer. There are two ways to do this:
• If the shelf contains the optional CFSU card, there is a button on the card’s
front panel named “Restart Timer”. Press this button (a small tool is required)
and hold the button for 5 seconds. The CFSU will perform and airflow mea-
surement and the filter replacement timer will be reset. As a result, the new
filter’s Insertion Date (visible on the Element Manager Shelf - Config window)
will be set to the current date and time.
• If the shelf does not contain a CFSU card, restart the timer via Element
Manager. In the Shelf Equipment window, right-click on the Shelf bar and
select Configuration. On the resulting window, click the Fan filter Configura-
tion button, enter the current date and time in the fields provided, and then click
the Apply.button.
7 Verify that all alarms are cleared PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

130 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card replacement instructions

Figure 2 SRS-1 shelf Fan Unit: air filter is inside the Fan Unit

4.28.2 For shelves where the Air Filter is mounted


outside the Fan Units
In these shelf types (SRS-2 and SRS-19), the air filter element is a separate component
from the shelf’s Fan Units. Therefore, the Air Filter can be removed/replaced without dis-
turbing the Fan Units.
g NOTICE: When replacing the Air Filter, use only a spare provided by Nokia Siemens
Networks or a spare that is explicitly approved by Nokia Siemens Networks for use
with SURPASS hiT 7300 equipment. Use of a non-approved Air Filter will cause
equipment damage and erratic system behavior.
g NOTICE: Remove the Air Filter only if all Fan Units are installed in the shelf. If
the Air Filter is removed while one or more Fan Units are also removed from the
shelf, cooling airflow will be insufficient and damage to cards will occur.
1 Remove the plate that covers the Fans and Air Filter. Slide the Air filter out of the
shelf. A Fan Filter Missing (FF_MISS) alarm will be raised. Ignore this alarm. It will
clear when the new filter is installed.
2 Install the new filter element in the shelf. Make sure it is installed in the correct ori-
entation (“up” is marked on the filter’s metal frame).
3 Re-install the plate that covers the Fan Units and Air Filter.
4 Reset the Air Filter maintenance timer. There are two ways to do this:
• If the shelf contains the optional CFSU card, there is a button on the card’s
front panel named “Restart Timer”. Press this button (a small tool is required)
and hold the button for 5 seconds. The CFSU will perform and airflow mea-
surement and the filter replacement timer will be reset. As a result, the new
filter’s Insertion Date (visible on the Element Manager Shelf - Config window)
will be set to the current date and time.
• If the shelf does not contain a CFSU card, restart the timer via Element
Manager. In the Shelf Equipment window, right-click on the Shelf bar and

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 131
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card replacement instructions Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

select Configuration. On the resulting window, click the Fan filter Configura-
tion button, enter the current date and time in the fields provided, and then click
the Apply.button.
5 Verify that all alarms are cleared. PROCEDURE COMPLETE.

132 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Fiber cleaning instructions

5 Fiber cleaning instructions


Three cleaning methods are approved for use with the SURPASS hiT 7300 system.
These are described in chapters 5.1 through 5.3. The choice of cleaning method
depends on the optical power present during cleaning and the type of component
being cleaned. Applicable rules are as follows:
• If the optical power during cleaning is higher than 15 dBm, only Method 3 may
be used. This rule is valid no matter what type of component is being cleaned.
• If the optical power is 15 dBm or less, any of the three methods may be used.
Exceptions: For SFP pluggable modules, XFP pluggable modules, and connectors
on the front panels of plug-in cards, only Method 2 or Method 3 may be used.
• To determine the optical power present, read it from craft terminal GUIs, instead of
measuring with a power meter. Reason: even though the power meter’s fiber pigtail
may be clean, it will be making physical contact with a system fiber that likely has
dust on it. If the power level proves to be high, this physical contact will likely cause
fiber damage.

DANGER! when cleaning optical connectors, always wear appropriate eye protection
! suitable for the potential power levels and wavelengths that may be present.

5.1 Method 1: Dry cleaning cassette


This method is permitted only when optical power is 15 dBm or less. The recommended
type of dry-cleaning cassette is the CLETOP FCC-02R (Type A). This device can be
used to clean the ends of fiber patchcords and pigtails used in the hiT 7300 system.
Follow the manufacturer’s instructions supplied with the device.

5.2 Method 2: Blast of clean, compressed air


This method is permitted only when the optical power is 15 dBm or less. Use a can of
compressed air specifically marketed as appropriate for cleaning fiber-optic telecommu-
nications components. Follow the manufacturers instructions supplied with the com-
pressed air.

5.3 Method 3: Westover Scientific CleanBlast system


This method may be used if the optical power is 15 dBm or less. However, this is the
only approved method when the optical power is greater than 15 dBm. This is a
wet method (with cleaning fluid). Use the Westover Scientific CleanBlast system (FCL-
P1100) and cleaning fluid FCLP-SOL1 according to the manufacturer’s instructions.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 133
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Warm Start and Cold Start Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

6 Warm Start and Cold Start


Many troubleshooting procedures covered in this document call for a Warm Start or Cold
Start to be executed on a plug-in card raising an alarm. This chapter provides a
complete description of these features.

6.1 Differences between Warm and Cold Start


Via Element Manager, the user can command individual plug-in cards to execute a
Warm Start or Cold Start. The differences are explained in Table 10. Note the following:
• The NE State must be “active” in order to execute a Warm Start or Cold Start on any
plug-in card. The current NE State is displayed in the Status Bar at the bottom of the
Element Manager Main Window.
• For some cards, it is not possible to execute a Warm Start. Only a Cold Start is pos-
sible.
• Plugging a card into the shelf will automatically cause a Cold Start of that card.

Warm Start Cold Start


Possible on: All cards can execute a Warm All cards can execute a Cold
Start except the following Start.
(which can execute only a
Cold Start):
• CCEP, CCMP, CCSP
• F04, F08, F16, and F40
Filter cards
• O03CP cards
• F80DCI, F80MDI cards
• CPFLAC cards
• DCM cards
How to perform: Right-click on the desired Right-click on the desired
card replica in the Shelf card replica in the Shelf
Equipment window and select Equipment window and select
Card > Warm Start. Card > Cold Start.
Time required for the Approximately 3 minutes. Approximately 5 minutes.
card to fully recover:
Result: Card software is re-started. Card hardware and software
are re-started.

Table 10 Differences between Warm Start and Cold Start

134 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Warm Start and Cold Start

6.2 Impact of Warm and Cold Start


Table 11 explains the impact of Warm Start and Cold Start on various system functions.

Warm Start Cold Start


CCEP, CCMP, CCSP Not applicable Traffic not interrupted. All
data will be restored to the
CCxP from the MIB. See
Behavior Note 1 below.
Traffic-carrying cards For all card types except Cold Starting Amplifier
I22CE10G-1, traffic will not cards and Transponder
be interrupted. All card cards will interrupt
configuration data will be traffic. See Behavior Note
restored. However, Warm 2 below.
Starting an I22CE10G-1 is
traffic-affecting!
Performance-monitoring The PM data of the current monitoring interval will be
(PM) data marked with the “suspect interval” flag due to a Warm
Start or Cold Start.
Alarms If the alarm condition still exists after a Warm or Cold
Start, the alarm will continue to be raised. If the alarm
condition was cleared as a result of the Warm or Cold
Start, it will no longer be raised.

Table 11 Impact of Warm Start and Cold Start

g Behavior Note 1: during a CCEP Cold Start, the connection to the network element
is not lost, so it is not possible to determine exactly when the network element has
recovered and is available again. As a workaround, do the following:
1. Wait 5 minutes after initiating the CCEP Cold Start command.
2. Via TNMS-CT, disconnect from the network element.
3. Then, periodically (recommended: once every minute) try to re-establish the
connection with the network element. If the connection cannot be re-established,
the NE is not ready. When the CCEP has recovered from the Cold Start, it will
be possible to re-connect.
g Behavior Note 2: After Cold Starting Amplifier, Transponder, Muxponder, or
Regenerator cards, traffic will be lost for up to 90 seconds. For some card
types (principally 40G cards) traffic may be lost for up to 160 seconds.
g Behavior Note 3: After Cold Starting an LALx amplifier card, or after recovery from
Automatic Power Shutdown (APSD), there will be a delay in link recovery of 12
seconds per LALx amplifier card on the link. Similarly, after Cold Starting a PRC-1
Raman card, or after recovery from Automatic Power Shutdown (APSD), there will
be a delay in link recovery of 60 seconds per PRC-1 card on the link.
g Behavior Note 4: If the wrong fiber directions were accidentally connected at an
NE, perform the following steps:
1. Correct the fiber connections.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 135
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Warm Start and Cold Start Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

2. Cold Start the NE Controller (CCEP or CCMP card) in order to get the DCN
working again.

136 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card LED behavior

7 Card LED behavior


LEDs on the front panel of hiT 7300 plug-in cards provide information useful for opera-
tion and troubleshooting purposes. This chapter explains the following LED behavior:
• FAULT and OK LEDs: see chapter 7.1.
• LED behavior specific to Controller cards: see chapter 7.2.
• Port LED behavior on I22CE10G-1 cards: see chapter 7.3.
• Mux / Demux LEDs: see chapter 7.4.

7.1 FAULT and OK LEDs


All hiT 7300 “active” cards (i.e., those that contain an on-board processor) feature a
front-panel red LED named FAULT and a green LED named OK. The functions of these
LEDs are summarized in Table 12. In addition, note the following important points:
• Normal operation for an in-service card correctly installed in its proper slot is indi-
cated by OK LED on and FAULT LED off.
• During a card’s Cold Start process and built-in self-test, LEDs will be temporarily on,
off, or blinking as described in the table below.
• If the FAULT LED comes on, it indicates that the card has detected an on-board
hardware or software failure. The appropriate alarm(s) will be raised, so trouble-
shoot the alarm(s) as instructed in this document to restore normal operation.
• For applicable card types, the FAULT LED will blink to indicate that a loss-of-signal
(LOS) condition exists for the card. The appropriate alarm will be raised, so trouble-
shoot the alarm as instructed in this document to restore normal operation.
• When the fault condition has been corrected, the FAULT LED will extinguish.

Condition FAULT LED OK LED


Lamp test at beginning of card Cold Start on on
process (LEDs light temporarily)
During card Cold Start process off off
During card built-in self test off blinking
Normal operation: expected card is installed off on
in the slot, power is applied, card is operat-
ing fault-free, and software is OK.
Wrong card is installed in the slot off off
Card suffers hardware or software failure on on or off
LOS condition exists on the card blinking on

Table 12 FAULT and OK LED behavior

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 137
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Card LED behavior Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

7.2 LED behavior on Controller cards (CCEP, CCMP, CCSP)


Controller card LED behavior is explained in the following tables:
• Controller card LED behavior during NE startup: see Table 13.
• Controller card LED behavior after NE start-up: see Table 14.

FAULT LED OK LED Meaning


on off Start-up of boot software.
Blinking (1 Hz) off Start-up of Linux (kernel running and driver
loaded).
off Blinking (0.5 Hz) Start-up of application software.
off Blinking (1 Hz) NE State has changed to enabled.
off on SNMP start-up finished - end of start-up
process.

Table 13 Controller card LED behavior during NE start-up

LED name Color Description


FAULT Red If the FAULT LED is on, the card has detected an
on-board hardware or software failure. The
appropriate alarm(s) will be raised, so trouble-
shoot the alarm(s) as instructed in this document
to restore normal operation.
OK Green When the OK LED is on, power is applied, the
card is operating fault-free, and software is OK.
UBAT 1 to Green Individual LEDs for the four shelf DC power
UBAT 4 feeds. When LED is on, power is supplied to that
feed.
COM Alarms Red When on, this LED indicates that one or more
CRITICAL Critical Communication alarms are active in the
shelf / shelves managed by this Controller card.
COM Alarms Orange When on, this LED indicates that one or more
MAJOR Major Communication alarms are active in the
shelf / shelves managed by this Controller card.
COM Alarms Yellow When on, this LED indicates that one or more
MINOR Minor Communication alarms are active in the
shelf / shelves managed by this Controller card.
EQUIP Alarms Red When on, this LED indicates that one or more
CRITICAL Critical Equipment alarms are active in the shelf /
shelves managed by this Controller card.

Table 14 Controller card LED behavior after NE start-up

138 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Card LED behavior

LED name Color Description


EQUIP Alarms Orange When on, this LED indicates that one or more
MAJOR Major Equipment alarms are active in the shelf /
shelves managed by this Controller card.
EQUIP Alarms Yellow When on, this LED indicates that one or more
MINOR Minor Equipment alarms are active in the shelf /
shelves managed by this Controller card.
INFO Green / Red When this LED is on in red, it indicates that the
NE has entered Recover Mode (see chapter 8 for
further details).
When this LED is blinking in green, it indicates
that a MIB backup is in progress. Never unplug
a card when the INFO LED is blinking!

Table 14 Controller card LED behavior after NE start-up (Cont.)

7.3 Port LED behavior on I22CE10G-1 cards


Each port on an I22CE10G-1 (Carrier Ethernet card) has a dedicated LED. Behavior is
summarized in Table 15.

Condition Port LED status


Port role = Client on
Link is available, no frames being transmit-
ted or received
Port role = Client blinking
Frames being transmitted or received
Port role = Line blinking
Pluggable Module problem or loss-of-
signal.
The appropriate alarm(s) will be raised, so
troubleshoot the alarm(s) as instructed in
this document to restore normal operation.
All other conditions off

Table 15 Port LED behavior on I22CE10-G-1 card

7.4 Mux and Demux LEDs


F40 cards (F40-1/S, F40-1/O, F40V-1/S, and F40V-1/O) can be used in either the muti-
plexer (Mux) role or demultiplexer (Demux) role. Accordingly, the front panel of these
card types feature an LED named MUX and an LED named DEMUX. The appropriate
LED will light to signify the operating mode of the card.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 139
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Hints for Recover Mode Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

8 Hints for Recover Mode


If an NE cannot complete its startup, it will be forced into Recover Mode. This is typically
caused by APS or MIB inconsistencies. Therefore, Recover Mode provides a safe oper-
ating state for the user to recover proper NE operation. User intervention is required to
clear Recover Mode.
☞ Recover Mode means the NE is using a default MIB. The default MIB has only the
default user and password. So, when in Recover Mode, only an Administrator-level
user can log-in via the default password.
Only the following operations are possible while in Recover Mode (all other configuration
actions attempted will be rejected by the NE):
• APS download and swap
• MIB download and swap*
• NCF download and swap
• Cold Start of cards
• Upload of (most) diagnostic data
* When an NE is in Recover Mode, a MIB can be downloaded and swapped only if the
NE Name of the downloaded MIB matches the NE Name stored on the shelf backplane
EEPROM.
Whenever Element Manager connects to an NE, it will check to see if the NE is in
Recover Mode. If so, as soon as the start-up is finished, Element Manager will display
the Clear Recover Mode window. This window will list the reason the NE is in Recover
Mode, along with various clickable buttons that are directly linked to specific Element
Manager windows used to remedy the situation. Table 16 (on the next page) lists the
Recover Mode reasons displayed on the Clear Recover Mode window, along with the
appropriate remedy for each.

140 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Hints for Recover Mode

Listed Reason for Description Remedy


Recover Mode
APS_MISMATCH The APS version stored in the shelf Manually install the correct APS.
backplane EEPROM does not Click the Change APS button on the
match the version on the Clear Recover Mode window. This
CCEP/CCMP Compact Flash. The will open the Software/File Man-
usual cause is that a faulty Compact agement window.
Flash was just replaced. The APSM
alarm will be raised.
APS_MISMATCH (application End of Startup could not be reached Manually install the APS from a
startup failed after max # tries) after 3 attempts (usually caused by known-good source. Click the
a software anomaly). Change APS button on the Clear
Recover Mode window. This will
open the Software/File Manage-
ment window.
APS_MISMATCH (ILAN IP ILAN cables are not connected Refer to the Installation and Test
address conflict) properly or duplicate main controller Manual (ITMN) for instructions to
cards (CCEP or CCMP) have been properly connect ILAN cables from
installed in the NE. shelf to shelf.
Only one shelf in an NE can have
the main controller card (CCEP or
CCMP). All other shelves must each
have a CCSP card.
MIB_MISMATCH Typically occurs after replacing a Download a backup copy of the MIB
failed CCEP or CCMP card and/or to the NE. Click the Change MIB
its Compact Flash module. Such button on the Clear Recover Mode
replacements can sometimes result window. This will open the Soft-
in a mismatch of the MIB contents. ware/File Management window.
In such cases, the Controller card
cannot find a valid MIB. A MIBF
alarm will be raised.
MIB_MISMATCH (APS Down- A failure occurred with MIB migra- Download a backup copy of the MIB
grade) tion during an APS downgrade. to the NE. Click the Change MIB
button on the Clear Recover Mode
window. This will open the Soft-
ware/File Management window.

Table 16 Clear Recover Mode window - reasons and remedies

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 141
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Glossary Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

9 Glossary
@CT @CT is a web-based craft terminal (i.e., element manager) software which provides web
access to SURPASS hiT 7300 NEs in the customer network without the use of a man-
agement system. It communicates via SNMP with the NEs and uses the FTPS for
upload/download of software or other data configuration (e.g., log files).

10 Gbit/s Small An XFP module is a swappable component mounted at the front panel of some types of
Form-Factor Plugga- hiT 7300 transponder cards. It acts as a boundary interface between the client signal
ble and the DWDM line signal by performing the bidirectional optical/electrical traffic conver-
sion.

Add/Drop channel An add/drop channel is an active channel added or dropped at any ONN-S NE at the
considered pre-emphasis section.

Air filter An air filter is a one-piece replaceable element mounted in the shelf to protect the shelf
from ingesting environmental dust or other airborne contaminants.

Alarm An alarm is a management mechanism intended to inform the user that there is a
standing fault condition in the system.

Alarm log An alarm log provides a list of the alarms associated with a managed object, and
provides the following information about each of the alarms:
• the identification of the affected object
• the identification of the failed NE or the NE in which the failed unit resides
• the alarm severity
• the time the event occurred
• the indication whether the alarmed event is service affecting or not
• the location and the affected traffic

Alarm severity Each failure is assigned a severity. The following values are used:
• critical
• major
• minor
• warning
Element Manager (EM) can configure the severity which is assigned to each fault cause
by an alarm severity assignment profile. In addition, EM can specify that a fault cause
shall not be alarmed. These fault causes will be blocked, hence do not lead to any LED
alarm indications, log entries or alarm reporting.

Amplified Spontane- ASE is produced when a laser gain medium is pumped to produce a population inver-
ous Emission sion. Feedback of the ASE by the laser's optical cavity may produce laser operation if
the lasing threshold is reached. Excess ASE is an unwanted effect in lasers, since it
limits the maximum gain that can be achieved in the gain medium. ASE creates serious
problems in any laser with high gain and/or large size.

Amplifier card The line amplifier cards provide the optical signal amplification via a gain block with one
or two pump lasers, interstage access for dispersion compensation, a stage for connec-
tion of external pumps, and gain control mechanisms.

Attenuator card A VOA card is a variable attenuator that can supply up to 8 EVOA channels. The VOA
card is applicable in pre-emphasis.

142 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Glossary

Automatic Laser ALS acts by disabling the laser of the forward transmission side if the receiving line is
Shutdown inactive (i.e., no signal is detected). During service provisioning, the ALS checks for link
restoration in small time intervals and resumes the transmission (i.e., enables the trans-
mission laser) when the line is restored.

Booster A Booster is an optical amplifier placed at the link section head end.

Booster-less card A booster-less line interface card is a unidirectional line interface card for the transmit
direction of a DWDM line interface without amplification functionality. The booster-less
line interface card can replace a booster amplifier card for short span applications.

C/DWDM filter pack C/DWDM filter pack is a passive filtering solution realized in a small filter pack shelf
(SPF-1) which allows up to 4 filter modules to be plugged-in.
The C/DWDM filter pack does not require power supply. It is completely independent
from the SURPASS hiT 7300 system from a management point of view.

Card A card is a plug-in unit that occupies one (or multiple) shelf slots. Cards perform specific
electrical and/or optical functions within an NE.
Each card has a faceplate with information LEDs and, in most cases, several ports for
interconnection of optical fibers and/or optical interfaces (e.g., SFP).

Card faceplate All cards are equipped with individual faceplates in order to meet EMI/ESD require-
ments, and ensure heat dissipation. The card faceplate contains LEDs, and in some
cases optical or electrical interfaces.

Card LEDs Card LEDs are luminous signals that can alert the user to:
• The state of the power supply.
• A card problem that requires card replacement.
• The existence of communication or equipment alarms.
• The presence or absence of traffic in the card.

Card slot A card slot is the insertion facility for a card in a shelf. Each card slot is designed for one
or several particular card types.
Mechanical coding elements make sure that each card can be fully inserted only into a
card slot that is suitable for the given card type. Therefore, fundamental shelf equipping
errors (which might cause hardware damage or fatal malfunctions) are impossible.

Chain network A chain network is a network topology characterized by a chain connection between
several NEs, i.e., the optical signal is transmitted from one end-point NE to another but
new channels can be added, dropped or re-routed (to another optical path) along the
optical path.

Channel power Channel power monitor cards provide in-service monitoring of optical channel power
monitor card levels via an on-board Optical Spectrum Analyzer. The card has four input ports to
monitor the channel spectrum from four separate points in an NE.

Chromatic disper- Chromatic dispersion has the effect of spreading the signal pulse width, no longer
sion allowing an accurate recognition of a single “one” bit or a single “zero” bit.

Client interface A client interface is a transponder interface that faces the client side of the link. Contrast
with “line interface” which faces the transmission (line) side of the link.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 143
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Glossary Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Coarse Wavelength CWDM solution allows a simple and low-cost implementation of a passive optical multi-
Division Multiplex- plexing system (with compact passive multiplexer modules), which can be used for data
ing collection and aggregation of multiple client data from different remote locations within
enterprise, or small metropolitan networks.

Commissioning Commissioning an NE is the process of taking an installed NE and bringing it in to an


operational state. The NE commissioning phase is performed after the NE is installed
and powered-up.

Controller card NE controller cards (CCEP-2 and CCMP-2) provide the central monitoring and control-
ling functions of the system, as well as the MCF to operate the Q and QF Ethernet inter-
faces.
The controller card performs the following main functions: Fault Management, Perfor-
mance Management, Configuration Management, Security Management, Equipment
Management, Communication Management, Software Management (performing all
software downloads, uploads, and software integrity functions) and controlling the NE
alarm LEDs.

CWDM patch-cord A CWDM patch-cord solution is provided by the add/drop patch-cord. The patch-cord is
an optical Y-cable with 3 LC/PC connectors, which allows the add/drop of a single
CWDM channel.

Data Communica- A DCN domain interconnects several NEs for the purpose of network management. The
tion Network communication is established via the OSC of the optical links and an Ethernet/L2 switch-
ing network implemented by the NEs.

Dense Wavelength DWDM is a technology which simultaneously places a large number of optical signals
Division Multiplex- (in the 1550 nm band) on a single optical fiber.
ing

Differential Phase A digital modulation technique used in the transmission of optical signals. DPSK is used
Shift Keying in the optical line interface of the I01T40G-1, I01R40G-1 and I04T40G-1 cards, as well
as the OPMDC-2 card.
DPSK transmits data by modulating the phase of a signal. The phase is changed if the
current data bit is different from its predecessor. At a receiving end, phase changes are
detected by comparing the phase of each signal element with the phase of a preceding
signal element. ?

Dispersion Compen- DCM cards counteract the chromatic dispersion of the signal traveling through the
sation Module card optical fiber.

Element Manager SURPASS hiT 7300 EM enables the user to perform operation, administration and
maintenance tasks with the SURPASS hiT 7300 system in a GUI environment.

Engineering Order The EOW interface is located at the NE controller cards and is used to establish confer-
Wire ence and selective calls from one NE to another NE(s) using a handset.

Erbium Doped Fiber An EDFA is an optical fiber doped with a rare earth element (Erbium), which can amplify
Amplifier laser light in the 1550 nm region when pumped by an external laser source.

Error correction Error correction in a DWDM system is achieved with FEC and S-FEC functions. These
functions ensure the detection and correction of data errors carried by a channel or
channels.

144 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Glossary

Ethernet Ethernet is a family of frame-based computer networking technologies for LANs. It


defines a number of wiring and signaling standards for the physical layer, through
means of network access at the MAC/Data Link Layer, and a common addressing
format.

Express channels An express channel is an active channel that travels over an entire pre-emphasis
section, from ONN to ONN (except ONN-S) without being added (or dropped) at any
ONN-S multiplexer (or demultiplexer).

External pump card An external pump card can be connected to an amplifier card to increase its normal
output power, which is sometimes needed for longer spans, different fiber types.

Fan unit Each shelf is equipped with one or more fan units that provide cooling airflow for the
cards.

Fault management Fault management reports all hardware and software malfunctions within an NE, and
monitors the integrity of all incoming and outgoing digital signals.

File Transfer FTP is a network protocol used to transfer files from one computer to an NE and vice-
Protocol versa through the network.

Filter card Filter cards act as multiplexers/demultiplexers by providing the primary wave division or
aggregation of all the transponder signals and allowing access to a particular set of
wavelengths from an optical fiber while passing the remaining wavelengths.

Forward Error Cor- FEC is a technique that optimizes signal performance by providing a better OSNR tol-
rection erance at the transponders, i.e., FEC enables the system to withstand more signal
noise.
FEC is a coding algorithm that enables bit error detection and correction. FEC is a "for-
ward" scheme, i.e., the receiver receives only the information needed to detect and
correct bit errors and never requests a re-transmission.

Frequency Frequency is a physical attribute of a wave (e.g., an optical wave), defined as the
number of wave cycles per time unit. The frequency is directly related to the wavelength.

Gain control Gain control of SURPASS hiT 7300 is provided by the EDFA modules in the line ampli-
fier cards. Gain control ensures a sufficiently fast response to transients and keeps
constant the gain between input and output of the EDFA line amplifier card.

Interstage Loss Most hiT 7300 amplifier cards feature two ports to connect an “interstage” device (typi-
cally a DCM). Interstage loss is the power loss experienced by the optical signal passing
through the interstage device.

Laser A laser is a device that generates an intense narrow beam of light by stimulating the
emission of photons from excited atoms or molecules.

Laser safety Laser safety rules are a group of mechanisms and actions necessary to protect all users
from harmful laser light emissions.

Laser Safety Bus SURPASS hiT 7300 LSB rings provide a reliable communication between cards to
ensure a safe NE operation via APSD and APRM functions.

Line interface A line interface is a transponder interface that faces the line side of the link. Contrast
with “client interface” which faces the client equipment side of the link.

Link section See Optical Multiplex Section

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 145
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Glossary Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Long Haul SURPASS hiT 7300 LH segment is a DWDM application characterized by a reach of
more than 500 km and up to 1200 km.

Mesh network A mesh network is a network topology which is characterized by the constant routing of
the optical channel between the NEs. It allows a continuous connection and a reconfig-
uration around a broken or blocked optical path by "hopping" from NE to NE until the
destination is reached. A mesh network whose NEs are all connected to each other is a
fully connected network.

Metro SURPASS hiT 7300 Metro segment is a DWDM application characterized by short path
lengths of up to 200 km.

MPB communica- The RMH07 and 1RU-R Long Reach Transport Series from MPB Communications
tions consists of amplifiers designed to transmit and receive signals over fiber optic links from
100 to more than 400 km in a single span using SON NEs.

Network Craft NCT is a network management craft terminal (i.e., element manager) software which is
Terminal used for either local or remote network management.

Network Element An NE is a self-contained logical unit within the network. The NE can be uniquely
addressed and individually managed via software.
Each NE consists of hardware and software components to perform given electrical and
optical functions within the network.

Network Element NCFs contain most of the necessary configurations for each NE of the planned network.
Configuration File However, several configurations (e.g., DCN and NE configurations) must be performed
manually with the support of the NE commissioning manuals.

Network Manage- The network management layer includes all the required functions to manage the optical
ment network in an effective and user-friendly way, such as the visualization of the network
topology, creation of services, and correlation of alarms to network resources.

Network topologies A topology of a network is defined by the list of NEs included in the network and the list
of links that connect those NEs (e.g., point-to-point, chain, ring, etc.)

Nodal degree The nodal degree of an NE is the number of NEs that are directly connected to the NE.

Non-return to Zero A data encoding technique used to transmit digital data over the line interface of the fol-
lowing cards: I04T2G5-1; I01T10G-1; I08T10G-1; I05AD10G-1; I04TQ10G-1 and
I22CE10G-1. In telecommunication, a non-return-to-zero (NRZ) line code is a binary
code in which 1's are represented by one significant condition (usually a positive
voltage) and 0's are represented by some other significant condition (usually a negative
voltage), with no other neutral or rest condition.?

OADM architectures OADM architectures refer to the capability of an OADM NE to perform some optical
tasks within the SURPASS hiT 7300 network. In SURPASS hiT 7300 the following
OADM architectures are available:
• Small
• Terminal
• Flexible
• FullAccess
• Reconfigurable
• PXC

146 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Glossary

Optical Add-Drop An OADM is an optical node NE used for multiplexing and routing different optical
Multiplexer channels of into or out of an optical fiber. An OADM NE is generally used for the con-
struction of a ring-based network. "Add" and "drop" refer to the capability of the NE to
add one or more channels to an existing DWDM signal, and/or to drop one or more
channels and/or routing those signals to another optical path.

Optical Channel A predefined wavelength that can be used to transmit a bit stream by means of a mod-
ulated light signal.

Optical channel Optical channel control manages the optical channel state information through the entire
control optical path. The optical channel control activates mechanisms to recover the normal
operation of the optical path in a link failure scenario, or activate mechanisms to manage
operations in case of an optical channel upgrade/ downgrade scenario. The activation
of such mechanisms, depends on the optical channel state information monitored on
each NE. The transmission of this information along the optical path, between NEs, is
provided by the OSC.

Optical channel pro- An optical channel protection card is a passive card which contains 6 optical splitters.
tection card Three of those splitters act as combiners to switch the traffic together with the transpon-
der cards. The remaining three are used for bridging the traffic for protection.
Up to three protection groups can be created and managed by the optical channel pro-
tection card (i.e., three pairs of client interfaces).

Optical Line An OLR is an NE which is used for optical signal amplification and dispersion compen-
Repeater sation.

Optical link control Optical link control optimizes and maintains the operation of individual link sections and
pre-emphasis sections. Most of the optical link control functions are executed by the
CCEP card, and the time-critical functions are executed by the line amplifier cards.

Optical Multiplex An optical multiplex section (or link section) is the optical segment from the booster of
Section an ONN to the pre-amplifier of the next adjacent ONN.

Optical Network An ONN is an NE where the incoming channels are either dropped or routed to a line in
Node a different direction, outgoing channels can also be added locally. Apart from multiplex-
ing and demultiplexing an ONN NE implements optical or 3R signal regeneration and
dispersion compensation.

Optical path The path followed by an optical channel from the first multiplexer to the last demulti-
plexer.

Optical Signal to OSNR is the ratio of an optical signal power to the noise power in the signal.
Noise Ratio

Optical Spectrum An OSA is a device that measures properties of an optical signal within a defined spec-
Analyzer trum.

Optical Supervisory An OSC is a supervisory channel that is transmitted/received by the line amplifier cards.
Channel It provides all the network management communication required to set-up and maintain
a DWDM system configuration, fault management, performance monitoring, and
software maintenance.

Optical Transmis- An optical transmission section (or span) is any fiber segment between two adjacent
sion Section amplifiers (i.e., between two NEs).

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 147
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Glossary Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Performance man- Performance monitoring and signal quality analysis provide information for detecting
agement and alerting, a cause that could lead to a degraded performance before a failure is
declared.

Point-to-point A point-to-point network is a network topology characterized by a connection between


network two end-point NEs, i.e., the optical signal is transmitted from one end-point to another
end-point without add or drop of channels. Applications where the span length is con-
siderably big may require an amplification/regeneration (done by OLR NEs) along the
optical path.

Power Distribution A PDP is the device responsible for the power distribution of all the racks of an NE. It
Panel contains fuses (or circuit breakers) to protect all the dual-redundant power feeds con-
nected to each shelf in the rack.

Power meter An optical power meter is the equipment recommended to use in case of single optical
channel power measurement.

Power tilt Spectrum power tilt occurs when a flat DWDM signals travel through transmission fiber.
Due to stimulated Raman scattering, shorter wavelength channels will pump longer
wavelength channels, and so transfer their energy to longer wavelength channels.

Preamplifier Preamplifier is an optical amplifier placed at the link section tail end.

Pre-emphasis The Pre-emphasis method is applied to pre-emphasis sections, and is used to optimize
the optical link by means of optical power adjustment (manual or automatic).

Pre-emphasis The pre-emphasis method is applied to pre-emphasis sections and is used to optimize
method the optical link by means of optical power adjustment.

Pre-emphasis A pre-emphasis section is the optical segment from the booster of an ONN (except
section ONN-S) to the pre-amplifier of the next adjacent ONN (except ONN-S).

Pump laser A pump laser is a laser with a wavelength different from the signal laser, used as the
energy source for signal amplification.

Rack A rack is the main unit of the SURPASS hiT 7300, it carries all system devices in a
specific arrangement. The most important elements placed in the rack are the shelves
and the Power Distribution Panel.

Raman amplification The basis of Raman amplification is the energy scattering effect called SRS. The SRS
is a non-linear effect inherent to the fiber itself. SRS involves a transfer of power from a
signal at a higher frequency (lower wavelength) to one at a lower frequency (higher
wavelength), due to inelastic collisions in the fiber medium. It can be used for optical
amplification, in which the higher frequency laser serves as a pump source, amplifying
the lower frequency wave carrying the actual traffic signal to be amplified.

Raman pump card Raman pump cards must be inserted at the receiving line interface. They are normally
used in long span applications to ensure that the same amplifier spacing can be
achieved with lower EDFA output power per channel, allowing a higher total number of
channels.
For certain links where the non-linear effects limit an increase in the number of spans,
a channel power reduction decreases the non-linear effects, and therefore allows a
higher number of spans. Raman amplifiers are preferably applied to bridge single extra
long spans.

148 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Glossary

Regenerator A regenerator is a device used to extend the reach of fiber-optic traffic communications,
by compensating the attenuation and the distortion of the optical signal.
The regenerator converts the received optical signal to an electrical signal, processes it,
reconverts it to an optical signal and retransmits it.

Regional SURPASS hiT 7300 Regional segment is a DWDM application characterized by path
lengths starting at 200 km and for high traffic volumes. These networks are often used
as regional collector networks to feed into LH portions of the network. Regional DWDM
networks have typical path lengths of up to 500 km.

Remote Optically A ROPA module is a passive unit with a Erbium doped fiber to amplify the optical signal.
Pumped Amplifier It is placed in the transmission cable to extend the long single span length.

Ring network A ring network is a network topology in which each NE connects to exactly two other
NEs, forming a circular optical path for signals (i.e., a ring).

Security manage- Security Management controls the individual access to particular NE functions via the
ment network management system and/or via a craft terminal, using a hierarchical security
management user ID, and password concept.

Service Provisioning Service provisioning consists of establishing and managing OCh connections via
GMPLS signaling.

Shelf The rack-mountable housing into which cards are installed. The shelf contains terminals
for connection of the power supply voltage that is distributed to each card. Major com-
ponents of each shelf are card slots, backplane, Connector Panel, Fan Unit(s) and Air
Filter.

Simple Network SNMP is used in network management systems to monitor network-attached devices for
Management conditions that warrant administrative control. It consists of a set of standards for
Protocol network management, including an application layer protocol, a database schema, and
a set of data objects.

Small Form-Factor An SFP module is a swappable component mounted at the front panel of some types of
Pluggable hiT 7300 transponder cards. It acts as a boundary interface between the client signal
and the DWDM line signal by performing bidirectional optical/electrical traffic conver-
sion.

Software manage- Software management performs all software downloads, uploads, and software integrity
ment functions.

Span See Optical Transmission Section

Span loss Span loss is the optical power loss measured in dBs between two adjacent NEs.

Standalone Optical A SON is a DWDM NE that can be used in passive DWDM (e.g., point-to-point and
Node remote transponder solutions) and long single span applications.

Standalone Optical A SONF is a DWDM NE realized in a flatpack shelf which can be used in passive DWDM
Node Flatpack (e.g., point-to-point and remote transponder solutions).

Stimulated Brillouin SBS is the interaction of photons and optical phonons (acoustic phonons). The latter are
Scattering the particles, which can be assigned to vibrations of the array of atoms and electrons.
The SBS acts in backward direction and it is especially important when there is bidirec-
tional transmission. In this case, a channel interferes with itself causing significant dis-
tortion and loss in forward direction.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 149
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Glossary Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

Tandem Connection TCMs are configurable parameters (via EM) of the transponders. They provide a PM of
Monitoring the all OTN (i.e., end-to-end connection) or specific sections only and implement an
ODU termination provisioned to support up to six TCM levels.

Telecommunication TNMS Core/CDM is an integrated solution designed for large, medium and small size
Network Manage- networks. It supports NEs with DWDM, OTH, SDH, PDH, Ethernet in line, star, ring and
ment System mesh network configurations. TNMS Core/CDM can be used to manage networks in the
Core/Cross Domain access, edge, metro, core and backbone levels.
Manager

Telecommunication TNMS CT is a transparent software platform for SDH and DWDM NEs using QD2, QST,
Network Manage- QST V2, Q3 or SNMP telegram protocols. It supports line, star, ring and mesh networks
ment System Craft and provides access to NEs via Ethernet interface or via a serial line interface (RS232).
Terminal

Telemetry Interface TIF sensors (inputs) and TIF actors (outputs) can be found in the NEs’ controller cards
as a separate module called TIF module. The TIF module is intended to be used for tra-
ditional user-defined “housekeeping” purposes (e.g., fire alarm, over-temperature
alarm, door-open alarm, lights, air conditioning, etc.).

Trail Trace Identifier TTI is a transponder card parameter (configurable via EM) of which is used to verify
correct cabling or correct TCM configuration. The basic principle is that specific
overhead bytes are reserved for Trace Messages of the user's choosing. By specifying
the Actually Sent (transmitted) and the Expected (received) trace messages, the system
can automatically verify that fiber connections have been made as intended. This is
accomplished by comparing the expected Trace Message to that actually received. If
they differ, an alarm is raised, alerting personnel of the incorrect connections.

Transaction TL1 is a telecommunications management protocol. It is a cross-vendor, cross-technol-


Language 1 ogy man-machine language, which is used to manage optical and broadband access
infrastructures in North America. It is defined in GR-831 by Telcordia Technologies.

TransNet Planning of a SURPASS hiT 7300 network is done by the SURPASS TransNet tool.
SURPASS TransNet is a sophisticated software simulation tool developed specifically
for designing and/or upgrading optical DWDM networks with SURPASS hiT 7300. It
runs on PCs using Windows 2000 or Windows XP operating systems.

Transponder card A transponder card receives an optical input signal and converts it to an optical output
signal suitable for DWDM multiplexing and transmission.

Transponder Loopbacks are diagnostic tests that can be activated via EM. Loopbacks return the
loopback transmitted signal back to the sending device after the signal has passed across a par-
ticular link. The returned signal can then be compared to the transmitted one. Any dis-
crepancy between the transmitted and the returned signal helps to trace faults.

UDCM tray A UDCM tray is a mechanical shelf mounted in a rack, which can hold up to 4 UDCMs.

Ultra Long Haul SURPASS hiT 7300 ULH segment is a DWDM application characterized by long path
lengths of up to 1600 km.

Unidirectional Dis- UDCMs provide a dispersion compensation of the DWDM signal. They are not supplied
persion Compensa- as shelf plug-in cards, being mounted in a specific plug-in box inside the UDCM tray.
tion Module UDCMs are available in "single-height" UDCM and "double-height" UDCM. A blank
(dummy) UDCM is also available to be installed in those positions that do not have an
actual UDCM installed.

150 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Glossary

User Channel SURPASS hiT 7300 user channels are used for bidirectional connections between NEs
via the OSC or GCC0, providing the customer with a point-to-point Ethernet connection
for specific data network or remote access to NEs not reachable via DCN.

VOA See Attenuator Card

Wavelength Wavelength is a physical attribute of a wave (e.g., an optical wave), defined as the
distance between corresponding points of two consecutive wave cycles.
The wavelength is directly related to the frequency of the wave.

Wrist strap A grounded anti-static strap worn on the wrist to prevent electrostatic discharge that may
damage electronic equipment.

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 151
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Abbreviations Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

10 Abbreviations
AC Alternating Current

@CT Web-based Craft Terminal

ADF Armored Fiber Distribution Frame

AIS Alarm Indication Signal

ALS Automatic Laser Shutdown

ANSI American National Standards Institute

APD Avalanche Photodiode

APR Address Resolution Protocol

APRM Automatic Power Reduction Mode

APS Application Program System

APSD Automatic Power Shutdown

ASE Amplified Spontaneous Emission

ASON Automatic Switched Optical Network

AWG Arrayed Waveguide Grating

BBE Background Block Errors

BDI Backward Defect Indication

BER Bit Error Rate

BOL Begin-of-Life

CAPEX Capital Expenditure

CARP Common Address Redundancy Protocol

CCAMP Common Control And Measurement Plane

CD Compact Disk

CE Communauté Européenne

CLI Command Line Interface

CML Command and Message List

CMS Control plane MIB Stub

COPA Connector Panel

COS Class of Service

CT Craft Terminal

CV Code Violations

152 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Abbreviations

CWDM Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing

DC Coding Violations

DCF Dispersion Compensation Fiber

DCM Dispersion Compensation Module

DCN Data Communication Network

DGD Differential Group Delay

DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DLI Delay Line Interferometer

DNS Domain Name Service

DOP Degree Of Polarization

DPSK Differential Phase-shift Keying

DSF Dispersion Shifted Fiber

DSLAM Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer

DTMF Dual Tone Multi-Frequency

DWDM Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing

EAM Electro-Absorption Modulator

EBP Earth Bonding Point

EDF Erbium Doped Fiber

EDFA Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier

EGB Elektrostatisch gefährdetes Bauteil

EM Element Manager

EMI Electromagnetic Interference

EN European Norm

EOCI External Open Connection Indication

EOL End-of-Life

EOW Engineering Order Wire

EPC Enhanced Power Control

EPL Ethernet Private Line

ERO Explicit Route Object

ES Errored Seconds

ESD Electrostatically Sensitive Device

ETS European Telecommunications Standard

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 153
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Abbreviations Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute

EVPL Ethernet Virtual Private Line

FBG Fiber Bragg Grating

FC Fiber Channel

FCC Federal Communications Commission

FDI Forward Defect Indication

FEC Forward Error Correction

FIT Failures In Time

FPGA Field Programmable Gate Array

FTP File Transfer Protocol

FTPS File Transfer Protocol Secure

G-AIS Generic Alarm Indication Signal

GbE Gigabit Ethernet

GCC Generic Communication Channel

GFP-T Generic Framing Protocol - Transparent

GMPLS Generalized Multi-Protocol Label Switching (GMPLS)

GMT Greenwich Mean Time

GUI Graphical User Interface

HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol

HU Height Unit (1 HU = 1.75 inches)

HW Hardware

I2C Inter-Integrated Circuit

ICMA Interconnect, Configuration and Mechanical Assembly manual

ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol

ID Identifier

IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

ILAN Inter-shelf Local Area Network

INNI Internal Network to Network Interface

IP Internet Protocol

ISL Interstage Loss

ITMN Installation and Test Manual

ITTI Internal Trail Trace Identifier

154 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Abbreviations

JRE Java Runtime Environment

LAN Local Area Network

LAx Line Amplifier

LEAF Large Effective Area Fiber

LED Light Emitting Diode

LH Long Haul

LLDP Link Layer Discovery Protocol

LOM List of Material

LOS Loss of Signal

LSB Laser Safety Bus

LSP Label Switched Path

LSR Label Switch Route

LWL Lichtwellenleiter

MAC Media Access Control

MCF Message Communication Function

MDF Medium Dispersion Fiber

MEMS-WSS Micro-Electro-Mechanical System - Wavelength Selective Switch

MIB Management Information Base

MLSE Maximum Likelihood Sequence Estimator

MPBC MPB communications

MPE Maximum Permissible Exposure

MPLS Multiprotocol Label Switching

MSA Multi-Source Agreement

MST Multiple Spanning Tree

MSTP Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol

MS-AIS Multiplex Section Alarm Indication Signal

MTU Maximum Transmission Unit

MZM Mach-Zehnder Modulator

NAPT Network Address Port Translation

NCF Network Element Configuration File

NCT Network Craft Terminal

NE Network Element

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 155
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Abbreviations Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

NMS Network Management System

NNI Network to Network Interface

NTP Network Time Protocol

NZ-DSF Nonzero-dispersion-shifted Fiber

OADM Optical Add-Drop Multiplexer

OChP Optical Channel Protection

ODF Optical Distribution Frame

ODU Optical channel Data Unit

OEM Original Equipment Manufacturer

OLC Optical Link Commissioning

OLR Optical Line Repeater

OMN Operating Manual

OMS Optical Multiplex Section

ONN Optical Network Node

ONN-I Optical Network Node - Interconnect

ONN-I80 Optical Network Node - Interconnect 80 Channels

ONN-R Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable

ONN-R2 Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable 2

ONN-RT Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable/Tunable

ONN-R80 Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable 80 Channels

ONN-RT80 Optical Network Node - Reconfigurable/Tunable 80 Channels

ONN-S Optical Network Node - Small

ONN-T Optical Network Node - Terminal

ONN-T80 Optical Network Node - Terminal 80 Channels

ONN-X Optical Network Node - Cross-Connect

ONN-X80 Optical Network Node - Cross-Connect 80 Channels

OPEX Operational Expenditure

OPU Optical channel Payload Unit

OS Operating System

OSA Optical Spectrum Analyzer

OSC Optical Supervisory Channel

OSNR Optical Signal to Noise Ratio

156 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Abbreviations

OSU Optical Supervisory Unit

OTDR Optical Time Domain Reflectometer

OTH Optical Transport Hierarchy

OTN Optical Transport Network

OTS Optical Transmission Section

OTU Optical Transport Unit

PC Personal Computer

PD Product Description

PDP Power Distribution Panel

PDU Packet Data Unit

PHF Power High Failure

PIU Plug In Unit

PLC-WSS Planar Lightwave Circuit-Wavelength Selective Switch

PLF Power Line Filter

PM Performance Management

PMD Polarization Mode Dispersion

PMP Performance Monitoring Points

PRBS Pseudo Random Bit Sequence

PSCF Pure Silica Core Fiber

PSU Power Supply Unit

PXC Photonic Cross-Connect

QoS Quality of Service

RAM Random Access Memory

ROADM Reconfigurable OADM

ROPA Remote Optically Pumped Amplifier

RSVP Resource Reservation Setup Protocol

S-FEC Super Forward Error Correction

SAPI Source Access Point Identifier

SBS Stimulated Brillouin Scattering

SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

SEFS Severely Errored Framing Seconds

SELV Safety Extra Low Voltage

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 157
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Abbreviations Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN)

SES Severely Errored Seconds

SFP Small Form-Factor Pluggable

SLC Stratalight Communications

SNC/I Sub-Network Connection protection with Inherent monitoring

SNCP Sub-Network Connection Protection

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol

SON Standalone Optical Node

SONET Synchronous Optical NETwork

SONF Standalone Optical Node Flatpack

SPC Standard Power Control

SPM Self Phase Modulation

SRS Stimulated Raman Scattering

SSM Solution Sales Management

SSMF Standard Single Mode Fiber

STP Spanning Tree Protocol

SU System Unit (1 SU = 25 mm)

SW Software

TCA Threshold Crossing Alert

TCM Tandem Connection Monitoring

TCP Transmission Control Protocol

TDC Tunable Dispersion Compensation

TDM Time Division Multiplexing

TID Target Identifier

TIF Telemetry Interface

TIM Trace Identifier Mismatch

TL1 Transaction Language 1

TMN Telecommunication Management Network

TNMS Core/CDM Telecommunication Network Management System Core/Cross Domain Manager

TNMS CT Telecommunication Network Management System Craft Terminal

TP Termination Point

TPID Tag Protocol Identifier

TSMN Troubleshooting Manual

158 A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010
Troubleshooting Manual (TSMN) Abbreviations

TTI Trail Trace Identifier

TTL Time to Live

TW-C TrueWave Classic

UAS Unavailable Seconds

UDCM Unidirectional Dispersion Compensation Module

UDP Universal Datagram Protocol

UL Underwriters Laboratories

ULH Ultra Long Haul

UMN User Manual

UNI User-to-Network Interface

UNI-P User-to-Network Interface - Port based

UNI-S User-to-Network Interface - Service based

USM User-based Security Model

UTC Universal Time Coordinated

VACM View-based Access Control Model

VLAN Virtual Local Area Network

VOA Variable Optical Attenuator

WAN Wide Area Network

WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexing

WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment

WSS Wavelength Selective Switch

XFP 10 Gbit/s Small Form-Factor Pluggable

XPM Cross Phase Modulation

A42022-L5972-E071-02-7619 159
Issue: 2 Issue date: September 2010

Anda mungkin juga menyukai